Re: UWF Starrcade: Official Card
Smackdown boys... You better win for our brand ya here!!
Smackdown boys... You better win for our brand ya here!!
-
Welcome to "The New" Wrestling Smarks Forum!
I see that you are not currently registered on our forum. It only takes a second, and you can even login with your Facebook! If you would like to register now, pease click here: Register
Once registered please introduce yourself in our introduction thread which can be found here: Introduction Board
UWF 2012: Past Pay-Per-Views & Cards
- Thread starter Itchweed
- Start date
- Status
Re: UWF Starrcade: Official Card
Sorry sir, the Raw guys are bringing those belts home. And there may be a Punt in someone's future
Sorry sir, the Raw guys are bringing those belts home. And there may be a Punt in someone's future
Re: UWF Starrcade: Official Card
Oh really, 'cause this General Manager ain't afraid to get his hands dirty!
Oh really, 'cause this General Manager ain't afraid to get his hands dirty!
Re: UWF Starrcade: Official Card
Guys... We need a few promos... PLEASE PLEASE PLEASE BRING THEM IN!
Guys... We need a few promos... PLEASE PLEASE PLEASE BRING THEM IN!
Re: UWF Starrcade: Official Card
You'll love this promo that I'm doing right now.
You'll love this promo that I'm doing right now
.Re: UWF Starrcade: Official Card
I already know it lol.
I already know it lol.
Re: UWF Starrcade: Official Card
Sent a couple to Cwalker for Austin, guess I've got a few more in me.
Sent a couple to Cwalker for Austin, guess I've got a few more in me.
Re: UWF Starrcade: Official Card
Dean Ambrose vs Daniel Bryan is completed by SBS and I'm going to say this now.
The match is off the charts, it is the best e-fed match I have ever read, I'm touting it now as the best e-fed match EVER written, you guys are in for a treat.
Dean Ambrose vs Daniel Bryan is completed by SBS and I'm going to say this now.
The match is off the charts, it is the best e-fed match I have ever read, I'm touting it now as the best e-fed match EVER written, you guys are in for a treat.
Re: UWF Starrcade: Official Card
I'm counting... I need FOUR more promos to have an ADVERT FREE Pay-Per-View (as they should be anyways)
So please, if you're not on the card... GIMMEH PROMOS!
I'm counting... I need FOUR more promos to have an ADVERT FREE Pay-Per-View (as they should be anyways)
So please, if you're not on the card... GIMMEH PROMOS!
UWF Proudly Presents: Starrcade 2012!!
AND NOW!!!
UWF Tuesday Night Raw and Friday Night Smackdown Proudly Presents....
Starrcade!
Official Theme Song-From the Inside by Linkin Park
[video=youtube;YLHpvjrFpe0]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YLHpvjrFpe0&feature=relmfu[/video]
The Pyro's inside the First Marina Arena go off and the sold out Baltimore Crowd is on their feet. The camera pans over the arena as fans go nuts trying to get themselves on TV with their signs. Stone Cold, Wade Barrett, Dean Ambrose, and Daniel Bryan are just some of the many signs in attendance as the hype has finally led here to UWF's first annual Starrcade. After several moments catering to the fans the camera takes us ringside where we are greeted by Tuesday Night Raw's Michael Cole and Jerry the King Lawler.
Michael Cole: Hello ladies and Gentlemen and we welcome all of you to the highly anticipated Starrcade. The very first UWF Pay Per View split between both Tuesday Night Raw and Friday Night Smackdown. I'm Michael Cole, the voice of UWF, alongside my partner Jerry "The King" Lawler and we will be calling the Raw side of things headlined by the UWF Championship match between the Champion Stone Cold Steve Austin and the former World Champion Wade Barrett.
Jerry "The King" Lawler: That on paper alone is a match worth seeing, but I can't help but feel there is a wild card involved in the faction known as the New World Order. The Champion could be decided by them which I hope to God isn't the case. After all each member of the nWo will be in action tonight, none of them bigger then the interbrand match-up between the leader Randy Orton and Smackdown's John Cena.
Michael Cole: And before we're forced to move on to our Smackdown counterparts, let's not forget there will be a number one contender match here tonight which could possibly steal the show as MVP and Mr. Anderson go head to head to find out who will be fighting the Champion next month. But's that all time we have its now my pleasure to turn it over to our Smackdown friends, Jim Ross and Hot Rod Roddy Piper.
The camera changes to the Smackdown booth being holed up by the two Wrestling Legends.
Jim "JR" Ross: Thank you Michael and if you look at this card partner there isn't alot of blue involved, that's because Smackdown was indeed a last minute decision by the board of directors, and here we are. However Smackdown does indeed have a World title match as the first Smackdown UWF Worlds Heavyweight Champion is going to be decided right here tonight in a personal 2 out of 3 falls match which in my opinion will be the match to end all matches.
Roddy "Rowdy" Piper: People questioned the General Manager's decision to put those two in a World Title match, but from what we saw going off the air Thursday Night changed alot of minds. Even I don't think they're both wastes of talent anymore. HA!
JR: Only 4 other Smackdown superstars are on the card. John Cena will be defending Smackdown's honor as Cole said against Randy Orton. The European Championship could find its way to Smackdown if Smackdown Superstar the Miz is able to defeat Raw's European European European Champion Antonio Cesaro!
Piper: I am not peeing JR. Though ten to one you'll pee yourself before the night is out. But hey some dumbass in my ear just told me that you are going to be interviewing Ted Dibiase later in that very ring tonight.
JR: I guess so Hot Rod. But now its time for our first contest of the evening. Smackdown's Dave Batista and Rob Van Dam are about to face off in an old fashioned Grudge match.
[video=youtube;5bO5BAujCbk]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5bO5BAujCbk[/video]
Rob Van Dam stands on the titantron and licks his thumb as Lillian Gracia goes to announce his name, suddenly Batista storms out from the backstage and clubs Rob Van Dam from the behind and official Mike Choida signals for the belt.
*Ding Ding Ding*
Jim Ross: What a cheap way for Batista to start this match up!
Roddy Piper: Ah c’mon JR, you should be used to these attacks from behind!
Batista grabs RVD by the head and tosses him straight into the titantron screening, RVD head bounces off of the titantron as hits the ground below him; RVD begins to stumble away as Batista roars and grabs him again and flings him up right against the titantron, RVD bounces off the titantron again. Batista roars and grabs RVD by the hair and runs along with RVD, looking to toss him off the staging, they meet the edge of the staging as he lets go RVD.
Jim Ross: RVD’s night be cut short here!
Roddy Piper: Robby is about to fly, ha!
RVD manages to swing his body and he uses his right arm to grab a hold of a pole on the side of the Starrcade titantron and swings himself around onto the side of the titantron! Batista goes to climb up to go after RVD but RVD quickly boots Batista in the face before scrambling up the side of the titantron, the fans are going nuts as RVD is on top of the titantron, Batista manages to get back feet as RVD looks around, thinking about the risk before going for it.
Jim Ross: This is a huge risk by RVD, he’s atleast 20 feet in the air, this could really backfire on him, Roddy!
Roddy Piper: Well, unleash you got a better idea to defeat the roid rager known Batista, please tell me!
RVD leaps off but Batista can’t move out of the way quick enough, as RVD successfully takes Batista down with a crossbody and the fans go nuts; RVD lays ontop of Batista hoping for the referee count but to no avail as it’s only pinfalls in the ring. RVD shakes his head and begins to pull Batista up but Batista comes alive and goes to throw RVD off the titantron but RVD manages to counter and Irish Whips Batista off the titantron, Batista flies off but only lands with a small bump.
Jim Ross: Another close call for RVD there.
Rob Van Dam has the fans behind as he looks at Batista, Batista gets to his as RVD charges across the staging and leaps off going for a flying Senton to Batista but Batista catches RVD into a half way powerbomb; Batista using his raw strength slams RVD into the side of the staging, smashing RVD through it, the fans erupt into “Holy shit†chants as Mike Choida yells at Batista to take it to ring but all people can see through the hole in the stage is RVD’s legs.
Roddy Piper: Well, Robby boy has taken too many risks.
Jim Ross: It ain’t over till the fat lady sings but if Rob Van Dam keeps taking risks, he’s gonna end up in hospital.
Batista grabs RVD by the leg and hauls him out from the wreckage, but it wakes RVD up, RVD quickly comes alive and manages to boot Batista in the face, stagger Batista, RVD quickly stands back up before Batista can get another blow it; RVD begins to nail Batista with forearm strikes forcing Batista towards the entrance ramp before hitting Batista with a high heel kick, knocking Batista down to the ground, RVD continues the assault as he drags Batista down the entrance ramp and goes to toss Batista into the ring steps but once again the raw power of Batista shows as Rob Van Dam is sent flying into the ring steps.
Jim Ross: And look at the raw power of Batista showing through here.
Rob Van Dam crashes and burns as Batista chuckles and begins to gain control as Batista grabs RVD and tosses him into the barricade before Batista rips the ring steps out and tosses them into the ring but his lapse in focus allows RVD to get back to his, RVD gives a back heel kick to the gut of Batista before Irish Whipping Batista into the barricade; Batista gets the wind knocked out of him, Batista is laid over the barricade, RVD quickly up onto the ring apron before leaping off going for the spinning kick to Batista.
Jim Ross: Rob Van Dam going for another risk, RVD is walking a fine line here!
Roddy Piper: It’s the only way RVD is going to beat the Animal.
RVD connects with it luckily and grabs pulls the Animal back into ringside before rolling him into the ring, RVD quickly hunts underneath the ring and pulls a steel chair. RVD rolls back into the ring and looks at Batista whose back to his feet, RVD quickly tosses the chair at Batista, Batista manages to grab the steel as RVD looks to follow through with the Van Daminator but Batista ducks and drops the chair; RVD manages to land on his feet but straight into a Spinebuster onto a steel chair! The fans boo wildly as Batista makes a cover.
One…
Two…
Jim Ross: That risk might have just cost RVD the match!
Roddy Piper: Will you shut up already about risks!
Thr…
NO! Rob Van Dam kicks out!
The fans leap out of their seats, going wild for RVD’s kick out as Batista roars in frustration, Batista storms over to the ring steps and begins to host them up as RVD shakes the cobwebs clear and gets back to his feet as Batista storms over with the ringsteps raised high above his head but Rob Van Dam quickly leaps up and hits a Van Daminator with the steel steps!
Jim Ross: Oh what a Van Daminator!
Batista stumbles back straight into the corner and collapses into a heap as Rob Van Dam looks around and lips his thumbs and the fans go wild “ROB VAN DAM!†as RVD rushes over to the turnbuckle looking directly at Batista and those Steel Steps, RVD leaps onto the ring ropes and takes a deep breathe before looking to go coast to coast.
Roddy Piper: RVD is wasting time here!
Jim Ross: This is a huge risk by RVD!
RVD leaps off the ring ropes but Batista is right up onto his feet and launches the steel ring steps straight into the face of RVD, whose still in mid flight; RVD crashes and burns as the ring steps bounces and burns as Batista picks up the lifeless RVD and delivers a thunderous spinebuster on the steel steps before making an arrogant cover on Rob Van Dam.
One…
Two…
Jim Ross: That risk by RVD has just cost him the match.
Roddy Piper: Spot monkeys for you!
Three…
*Ding Ding Ding*
Winner via pinfall at 12:45: Batista
The fans boo wildly as Batista puts his boot across the chest of RVD and roars and screams “I WANT MY TITLE SHOT!†before having his arm raised by Mike Choida before snatching his arm away, Batista begins to march out of the ring and up the ramp as medics check on Rob Van Dam. We then head backstag.
While UWF Starrcade rolls on, we're taken backstage as we're now inside the office of the Raw General Manager, Teddy Long. We watch Teddy Long walking around the office, feeling at home, adjusting everything and feeling set for a good night ahead. He stands proud of his work, when suddenly his head turns to the right and his face drops because of who has entered his office.
The person is quickly revealed as Captain Charisma, Christian, which prompts the attending Starrcade crowd to boo the sight of one third of the New World Order. Christian stands right next to Teddy Long, beaming smile on his face and with a clipboard in hand. Christian looks Teddy Long up and down before he speaks.
Christian: Teddy, Teddy, Teddy... it's great to see you! You're looking very sharp tonight.
Teddy Long: What do you want, Christian?
Christian: What do I want? I want a lot of things, Teddy, you know that. You've known that for quite some time, but never seem to give me what I...
Teddy Long: Let me stop ya there, playa. If all you're going to do is barge into my office and question my job as General Manager of Tuesday Night Raw, then you can just leave right now!
Christian begins to chuckle and shake his head.
Christian: Teddy, Teddy, you've got it all wrong... playa! I'm not here to question your job as General Manager of Raw, although we all know how bad of a job you've done, but that's for another day. I just thought I'd come and wish you good luck with the show and I really hope that everything runs smoothly for you. I mean that, Teddy, I really do. What a shame it would be if the match for the UWF Championship, your prized main event... well, if your main event didn't go exactly to plan. That'd be a real disappointment, wouldn't it, Teddy?
Teddy Long: What are you playing at, Christian?
Christian: Nothing at all, Teddy. If I was trying to tell you something, I'd tell it to your face, because that's just the guy I am. I don't need to hide behind cheap suits or glasses or abuse my power like you, Teddy, but that's also for another day. See I didn't just come here to wish you luck, and I think you know that too, so I'll just cut to the chase right now.
Christian looks down at the clipboard in his hand and begins to speak once again.
Christian: I bet you've been wondering what this is, huh Teddy? What this is is a contract. It's a contract that I've had drawn up by my lawyers that guarantees that once I beat Chris Jericho tonight, I am next in line for a shot at the UWF Championship. It already has my signature, so now all it needs is yours, Teddy. Seeing how I saved you the trouble of figuring out all the paperwork, the least you could do is give me one... more... World Championship match, something you know that I've deserved since our time in the WWE.
Teddy Long: Christian, I'm not gonna do that, playa.
Christian: What do you mean you're not gonna do it? I deserve a shot at the UWF Championship, and the facts are there for the world to see. Jericho was one of four men who competed for the Undisputed Championship at Backlash, yet Austin couldn't even pin him to become champion. After tonight, I will have pinned Jericho twice in two weeks, so I suggest you stop embarrassing yourself and give me what I want, and that is one... more... World Championship match.
Teddy Long doesn't say a word as Christian glares at him.
Christian: Come on, Teddy. You will give me what I...
Teddy Long: All I'm giving you is short notice, because if you don't leave my office right now... you will be suspended!
Christian freezes, eyes fixed on Teddy Long, completely shocked.
Christian: You... you can't do that!
Teddy Long: I'm afraid I can, playa. So what's it gonna be?
Christian cannot believe it has all been turned on his head in that way. He stands rooted to the spot, looking off in the distance, completely pissed off.
He looks back at Teddy Long and gets right into his face.
Christian: You'll pay for this, Teddy. You're lucky I have a match that I need to prepare for. This isn't over!
Christian begins to leave Long's office before he is stopped in his tracks.
Teddy Long: Hold on, Christian, I've got one last thing. I saw what you and Randy did to John Cena on Smackdown playa, and not only was I unimpressed with what I saw, but the two of you breached your Raw contracts by appearing on Smackdown, just like your pal Cody did last week. So, with that in mind, on behalf of UWF Headquarters, you will BOTH be fined! And, like I said to Cody too, if you continue to breach your contract by appearing on Smackdown, you WILL be suspended!
Christian is fuming, he cannot believe what's happening right now, and the fact that Teddy Long visibly enjoys it infuriates him further. While Christian's leaving the office, Long speaks.
Teddy Long: Enjoy your night, Christian. Holla Holla Holla!
The crowd all cheer for the General Manager, as we're taken to ringside for the next match.
Whoa Oh
[video=youtube;QEZP_bArtRI]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QEZP_bArtRI[/video]
Rhodes music hits the arena, and the crowd boo louder than ever, coming to Starrcade expecting to not even have to see the crazed masked superstar. Rhodes comes out on stage, looking angry he doesn’t do his usual walk down the stage instead storming down the ramp towards the ring. He quickly walks around the ring, he suddenly snatches the microphone from Roberts and shoves him backwards in the process before he rolls into the ring
Cody Rhodes:
Cut the music
*Rhodes stands in the middle of the ring looking out as his music fades off, he looks down as he puts the microphone up to his mouth*
Stone Cold Steve Austin, Wade Barrett, Antonio Cesaro, The Miz, Daniel Bryan, Dean Ambrose, all these men have two things in common. One, they all have the opportunity to leave tonight with a championship in hand. And two, they have all lost to Cody Rhodes in one way or another. Whether it be in Tournaments, whether it be in tag team matches, whether it be in battle royals they have fallen to me and yet all these men have the opportunity to have a shining moment tonight, Hell the likes of MVP and Mr. Anderson a man I defeated recently can become quote unquote “Number one contender†tonight while I am not even booked on the card. Now I understand Mr. Lesnar was injured but I am tired of the likes of Bobby Roode and Stone Cold getting all the attention while I am still being left out to dry. We in the nWo are going to be changing things around here, but I am out here because there are a couple things you people need to realize.
*Rhodes takes his hood off*
I am the greatest United States champion in history; I am so great the man who keeps trying to overlook me strapped this championship around my waist himself. This isn’t arrogance this is fact, I am the reason Paul London, Kassius Ohno, Drew McIntyre, and the great big machine... Brock Lesnar is no longer here in UWF. I am the sole reason this company got off the ground by being its first World Heavyweight Champion, this championship I have it is officially THE championship around here and it isn’t because of the so called hall of famers who have held it. It is because of who holds it right now, there is not one person NOT ONE in that locker room that is in my league. The reason you all hate me is because you know that is true, you all know if I were to be in matches with your biggest heroes that I would win it’s happened before and it would happen again. I’ve humbled the war machine, I’ve ended those who were hailed as the future, there is a reason whenever I have a match and I come out to speak about it more often than not that person decided not to show up to talk. Because they were afraid of what I’m capable of when there isn’t a referee to stop me, no one ever faces me willingly because they know if they were to get on my bad side they can look forward to joining the likes of Brock Lesnar in the hospital hell I’d even go so far as to dare anyone to face me because I’d know they wouldn’t even attempt to risk facing an angry Cody Rhodes. And they have reason to fear, because no matter the age, the brand, or the accomplishments, If you are a UWF Superstar you are not in Cody Rhodes Leag-
Rhodes is cut off turning towards the stage
[video=youtube;bB0N89Ycmx8]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bB0N89Ycmx8[/video]
Cole: It Can't Be!!!
The iconic music of one Bill Goldberg starts playing over the announce system. The fans begin to pop as the beat radiates throughout the arena. Cody Rhodes has a look of shock on his face as Goldberg was the last person he expected to see. The fans start chanting "Goldberg!, Goldberg!, Goldberg!" over and over again.
King: Oh! I bet Cody Rhodes never saw this coming!
On the stage, the pyro begins shooting up. The fireworks are everywhere and seen standing in the fireworks is a man. A silouette is seen. The man is ready to strike.
Cole: He's standing in the fireworks King!!
The pyro finally stops and the man stands tall, but it's not who everyone thought it was.
King: You've got to be kidding me!
Cole: It's...it's Gillberg!
Gillberg starts walking down the ramp, spasming as always. The "Goldberg" chants now become "Gillberg" chants because even though the fans wanted to see "Da Man", some fans have a feeling of nostalgia for the imitator.
Gillberg enters the ring and Cody Rhodes can't stop laughing. He tries to stop momentarily, so he can speak.
Rhodes: You? You want to face me? That's rich. Fine, if that's what you really want, I'll prove how great of a United States Champion I'm going to be.
The bell rings and Gillberg charges, looking for a Spear. Rhodes sees him coming in and meets his charge with a big boot to the face. Gillberg goes limp and hits the mat.
Cole: This may be the toughest challenge of Cody Rhodes' young career.
King: You're joking right?
Rhodes lifts Gillberg off the mat, before grabbing him by the waist and then bringing him back down on the canvas with an Alabama Slam. Gillberg's head bounces off the mat and Rhodes goes for the first cover of the "match"...
1...
2...
Rhodes picks Gillberg's shoulder off the mat!
The referee tells Rhodes about pulling his shoulder off the mat. Rhodes repsonds by saying that Gillberg has a lot of fight left in him. He lifts Gillberg to his feet in the center of the ring before running to the ropes and springboarding off, kicking Gillberg in the skull with the Disaster Kick. Gillberg goes back down and Rhodes goes for another cover...
1...
2...
Again, Rhodes lifts Gillberg off the mat!
Cole: Honestly, I don't remember Gillberg being this tough.
Rhodes once again lifts Gillberg off the mat before wrapping his arms around Gillberg's neck. Rhodes spins and slams Gillberg down with Cross Rhodes. The challenger's body slams hard on the mat as Rhodes goes for the cover...
1...
2...
3...
Roberts: Here is your winner and Still UWF United States Champion; Cody Rhodes!
Rhodes holds his Championship high in the air. He feigns exhaustion and rolls under the bottom rope and heads up the ramp. He continues to enjoy the moment before reaching the stage and posing with his title one more time.
We go backstage where we see Antonio Cesaro and Aksana arriving for the Pay Per View with the words earlier today written underneath them. Josh Matthews quickly scurries up to them and begins an interview.
Josh Matthews: Antonio!, Antonio!.
Aksana: No sir, Mister Antonio is busy.
Josh Matthews: I just wanted to ask about his match tonight with The Miz in the Steel Cage and -
Antonio cuts Josh off. He has an arrogant tone to his voice.
Antonio Cesaro: You wanted to know about my match with The Miz tonight. My European Championship match with The Miz tonight inside the Steel Cage?. My thoughts?, well my thoughts are very simple Josh, 'I must win this match'. It is what I think every time I step into the wrestling ring, and more than often it tends to be the outcome that I do win. Ask The Miz, he should know, ask Mister Anderson, ask Cody Rhodes... I have beaten all of them because my attitude is one that dictates that failure is not an option. And tonight, this is especially true. For tonight I'm stepping inside a Steel Cage with my pride and joy on the line. My one true love, the European Championship. A Championship I've held now for almost 3 months... a title that I have held twice before I might add... and a title that I must... and will continue to hold to maintain the prestige surrounding it that the term 'European Championship' means it should have. The Miz doesn't have this. He doesn't have class, he doesn't have the intelligence, the fashion sense and the wrestling acumen that I have... simply put he is not Very European, I am. And that is why tonight I will make sure that The Miz knows that he is no match for me... that he was drafted to the B-Show for a reason, and that no one, NO ONE, will ever and I mean ever, take away this European Championship from Mister Antonio Cesaro.
Antonio Cesaro and Aksana share a smile and a laugh, before Antonio turns back to Josh with a serious face.
Now are we done?.
Cesaro walks off, leaving Matthews bewildered, Aksana walks past him shaking her head disapprovingly at Josh. We then head back ringside.
Roberts: The following is a grudge match and it's scheduled for one fall. Introducing first, from Toronto, Ontario, Canada, weighing in at 220 pounds; Christian!
[video=youtube;ZpteHp-hb0A]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZpteHp-hb0A[/video]
The version of "Just Close Your Eyes" by Waterproof Blondes can be heard bellowing out of the arena's PA system, signalling the imminent arrival of Captain Charisma, Christian. Although many UWF fans are gearing themselves to sing along with the theme music - not due to their enjoyment of the arriving Christian, rather due to the fact they just enjoy the song - their hatred for Christian grows when it cuts to the New World Order's theme just five seconds in. About ten seconds after the commencement of the NWO theme music, Christian emerges from the back sporting a smirk on his face as he looks around at the booing audience. Christian only momentarily stands on the stage before choosing to make his way down the ramp towards the ring.
Fans can be seen hurling abuse at the charismatic man, but Christian doesn't acknowledge the jeers whatsoever, as he is focused on his objective. Christian reaches the bottom of the ramp, rounds the corner and walks up the steel steps, before approaching the ring ropes. Christian walks along the ring apron, wipes his feet and enters the ring, where he waits for his opponent.
Roberts: And his opponent, from Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, weighing in at 227 pounds; "Y2J" Chris Jericho!
5...
4...
3...
2...
1...
Break
the Walls
Down!
Jericho does his old trademark pose. He spins around to the delight of the fans. Y2J makes his way down the ramp, slapping a few hands along the way. He soon heads to the steel steps before posing on the ring apron and entering the ring, ready for the match to start.
The bell rings and Chris Jericho immediately slaps Christian in the face. Christian’s face tells the story as he didn’t see that one coming. Christian turns his attention back to Jericho, and when he does, Jericho meets him with a beautiful standing dropkick. Christian goes down to the mat and Jericho goes for the first cover of the match….
1…
2…
Christian kicks out!
Jericho quickly gets off of Christian before quickly mounting him and throwing punches into Christian’s face…
King: Jericho’s coming out like a ball of fire!
Cole: Jericho’s just jealous that Christian has been such a success since coming to UWF.
Jericho gets off Christian before bouncing off the near ropes and dropping a knee across Christian’s throat. Jericho then goes for another cover on Christian…
1…
2…
Christian kicks out!
Christian rolls over to the ring apron, trying to get away from Jericho. He gets on his feet on the apron, and Jericho goes right after him. Jericho grabs Christian by the arm and throws it over his shoulder. Jericho tries to suplex Christian back in the ring, but Christian blocks it. Jericho tries it again, and once more, Christian blocks. Jericho tries a third time, and this time he does get Christian up. But as Christian is in mid-suplex, he shifts his weight and lands on his feet inside the ring behind Jericho. Christian uses this, and in one swift move, he drives both knees into Jericho’s back with a vicious backstabber…
Cole: What a counter by Christian!
Jericho grabs his spine in pain as Christian goes for a cover…
1…
2…
Jericho kicks out!
Christian quickly gets off Jericho before heading to the turnbuckle. He ascends to the second turnbuckle and waits for Jericho to get to his feet. Eventually Chris does, and staggers to the corner where Christian is. Christian grabs Jericho by the head before leaping off the top rope and making two revolutions in the air, slamming Jericho’s head onto the mat with a Tornado DDT. As Jericho’s skull crashes off the canvas, Christian quickly rushes to the cover…
1…
2…
Chris Jericho kicks out!
Cole: Brilliant move by Christian!
King: I hate to agree with you Cole, but it was!
Christian starts clapping his hands together. He lets everyone know that the end is near. The crowd starts clapping too, even though Christian is heel. Christian positions himself behind Jericho, preparing to strike. Once Jericho pulls himself to his feet, Christian grabs both of Jericho’s arms, before underhooking and spinning, looking for the Killswitch…
Cole: Killswitch!
Jericho blocks it though, breaking Christian’s grip on his arms. Jericho then grabs Christian by the waist and throws him overhead with a German Suplex. Jericho bridges Christian and the referee begins to count…
1…
2…
Christian kicks out!
Both men get to their feet at the same time, and Jericho quickly strikes with an enziguiri. Christian goes to the mat face down and Jericho quickly runs the ropes before springboarding and moonsaulting, hitting Christian’s back with the Lionsault…
Cole: Lionsault!
Jericho quickly rolls Christian over and goes for the cover…
1…
2…
Christian kicks out!
Jericho quickly lifts Christian off the mat before quickly placing him on the ropes. Jericho then throws Christian to the opposing ropes, when Christian reverses. As Jericho comes back, Christian hits him with a back elbow that sends Jericho to the mat in a seated position. Christian then uses this opportunity to bounce off the ropes and kick Jericho square in the face. Jericho goes down and Christian goes for the cover…
1…
2…
Jericho kicks out!
Christian then heads back to the turnbuckle, where he climbs to the second one and waits for Jericho to get up. Jericho does indeed rise, and when he does, Christian leaps off and drives a reverse elbow into Jericho’s face. Jericho goes back down and Christian goes for another cover…
1…
2…
Jericho kicks out!
Christian heads towards the corner and gets in a three point stance. He prepares to strike Jericho once more. Jericho starts pulling himself up in the opposing corner, and when he is fully to his feet, Christian charges in, looking for a Spear…
Cole: Spear!!
Christian goes for the Spear, but as he’s about to connect, Chris Jericho is able to leapfrog over Christian. Christian runs face first into the second turnbuckle pad and Jericho quickly rolls him up…
1…
2…
Christian kicks out!
Both men get to their feet at the same time. Christian looks to strike first, leaving his feet and trying to wrap his legs around Jericho’s head, looking for a hurricanrana. Jericho blocks it, and steps over, locking Christian in the Walls of Jericho….
King: The Walls!!
Christian quickly gets to the ropes, knowing what was in his future…
Cole: These two know each other so well. Christian just escaped the Walls of Jericho, just as Jericho escaped the Killswitch earlier.
Jericho reluctantly breaks the hold. He lets everyone know it’s over. He begins to stalk Christian. Christian pulls himself to his feet, and turns back to Jericho. Jericho responds by leaping the air and wrapping his arms around Christian’s head, looking for a Codebreaker…
Cole: Codebreaker!
Christian counters yet again by wrapping his arms around Jericho’s legs, blocking the signature finish. Christian then responds by taken Jericho, who is in his control and slamming him to the mat with a modified spinebuster.
King: Christian counters another big time Jericho move!
As Christian drives Jericho’s body to the mat, he goes for another cover…
1…
2…
Jericho kicks out!
Christian gets to his feet a few times before slapping his chest and dedicating this match to his “peepsâ€. Christian then heads to the ring apron before climbing to the top. Christian then jumps off, looking for the Frog Splash, only to have Jericho move out of the way.
King: Another counter!
Christian rolls through though, avoiding all collateral damage. He rolls to one side of the ring as Jericho gets up on the other. Christian charges in and Jericho catches him and brings both knees to his face with a Codebreaker. Christian goes limp and goes down to the mat as Jericho goes for the win…
1…
2…
Christian rolls a shoulder!
Cole: He just kicked out of the Codebreaker!
Jericho can’t believe it! He quickly looks down on Christian before running towards the ropes and moonsaulting off of them, looking for another Lionsault. Christian is able to counter though, getting his knees up, driving both of them into Jericho’s chest. Jericho rolls around the ring in pain as Christian gets to his feet and shakes the cobwebs off. Christian positions himself behind Jericho and as Jericho pulls himself up, Christian grabs him by the head before bringing him to the mat with a reverse DDT. Jericho grabs his head in pain as he hits the mat and Christian goes for another cover…
1…
2…
Jericho kicks out!
Christian quickly gets off Jericho before taking a moment to himself. He ponders what to do next. A light bulb goes off and he comes up with an idea. He goes to Jericho’s legs and grabs them. He takes both legs and turns Jericho onto his stomach in a high angle Boston Crab…
Cole: Christian is trying to put Chris Jericho in his own Walls of Jericho.
Jericho yells in pain as Christian has his own submission locked in. Christian mocks Y2J by yelling “Ask Him†to the referee. The ref does indeed ask Jericho, but Chris says no. Jericho looks at the ropes and realizes that they’re too far to crawl to. Jericho instead comes up with a brilliant counter. He begins turning onto his stomach, trying to alleviate the pressure. Jericho does and as he lies on his back now, he grabs Christian by the head and cradles him for a pin…
1…
2…
Christian kicks out!
Jericho crawls to the ropes, trying to pull himself up. He’s feeling the effects of the Walls. He does get to his feet though, and when he does, Christian comes right at him with a Spear!
Cole: Christian’s going back to the well!
And once again, Chris Jericho is able to leapfrog over Christian. This time Christian saw that coming though. And as Jericho leaps over Christian and lands on his feet, Christian grabs Jericho’s arms from behind him, before underhooking and spinning, slamming his head on the canvas with the Killswitch!
King: Killswitch!
Jericho’s head slams hard and Christian turns him over and goes for the cover…
1…
2…
3…
Roberts: Here is your winner; Christian!
Cole: And Christian picks up the victory!
“Just Close Your Eyes†starts playing and Christian staggers to his feet. The referee raises his hand, but Christian tells him not to touch him. Christian looks down on Jericho before rolling under the ropes and heading over to the timekeeper. Christian then grabs two chairs from ringside and brings them back into the ring.
King: What the hell is he doing?
Jericho starts pulling himself up in the ring, and Christian meets him with a shot from the chair to the face. Jericho goes back down and Christian gets a sadistic smile on his face. Christian then lifts Jericho’s head off the canvas before putting one of the chairs he grabbed under Jericho’s head…
Cole: Oh No! I know what he’s thinking!
Christian looks down on Jericho one more time before raising the second chair and bringing it down on Jericho’s skull with a one man Conchairto!
King: Oh My God! We need help out here!
Jericho’s body seizures and Christian leaves the ring, satisfied in his actions!
King: These guys used to be best friends and now this has happened!
Christian makes his way up the ramp, before looking back at Jericho one more time. He then disappears to the back.
---------------------
UWF Great American Bash!
---------------------
Lillian Garcia: The following contest is a cross brand match between Raw and Smackdown, and it will be contested inside a Steel Cage! It will be for the UWF European Championship! Introducing first the challenger...
[video=youtube;wBU4iaKMsJg]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wBU4iaKMsJg[/video]
The crowd boos heavily as the duo of The Miz and Paul Heyman come out from behind the curtains. The two heads straight for the ring without even listening to the hatred the fans are pouring on them. As The Miz heads inside the ring, he heads to the closest corner and climbs the middle turnbuckle and holds his arms in a cocky way in the air while Paul Heyman takes his place at ringside.
Lillian Garcia: Representing Smackdown, from Cleveland Ohio, being accompanied to the ring by Paul Heyman, weighing in tonight at 220 lbs. The Miz!
JR: No folks do not adjust your screens for this match up I'm going to be teaming up with my old partner and one of my best friends Jerry the King Lawler.
King: Thanks JR, its good to be working with you again, especially when it is going to be Raw coming out victorious here in the first cross brand match in the history of UWF.
Justin Roberts: And his opponent...
Suddenly a familiar song fills the arena with immediate disdain.
'WE'RE ALL LIVING IN AMERICA, AMERICA, IT'S WUNDERBAR
WE'RE ALL LIVING IN AMERICA, AMERICA, AMERICA...'
'Amerika' by Rammstien hits the PA system. Before long Antonio Cesaro steps out onto the entrance stage from behind the curtain and has the sourest of expressions plastered all over his face. Seemingly infuriated, Cesaro wastes no time walking down to the ring. He walks up the ring steps and along the outside of the ring apron and does his signature pose before turning towards the ring.
Justin Roberts: Representing Tuesday Night Raw, from Switzerland, weighing in tonight at 232 lbs, he is the current and reigning UWF European Champion, Antonio Cesaro!
King: I'm serious JR. Look at this guy, he is perfection, well he's not American so I guess he isn't perfect, but Raw's guy here has a clear advantage just looking at him.
JR: Last time I checked King, the Miz had a victory over Raw's boy. I don't like the Miz anymore than I like Cesaro, but since they are stuck inside a Steel Cage where neither side can interefere, it is anyone's ball game and I wouldn't be surprised if the Miz came out with it.
Both men stand across from each other as the Steel Cage comes down from the rafters and traps both men inside the ring as the European Championships fate is about to be decided.
DING DING DING!
The bell rings and the Miz and Cesaro each take in the steel structure weather impressed, scared, or a mixture of both it is impossible to tell. Cesaro turns his back on the Miz to test the steel structure and Heyman yells to the Miz, “Now!†The Miz begins to go to attack Cesaro but the European Powerhouse turns and takes Miz down with a clothesline to the delight of the crowd. It appears the European Champion is indeed the fan favorite in this match regardless of his heel status. Miz gets to his feet and Cesaro grabs him and attempts to send him into the steel but the Miz catches himself on the cage breathing a sigh of relief. The Miz turns back to his opponent and the European European lifts Miz up and slams him to the mat with a body slam. Aksana cheers on her man who poses for the crowd which gets heat from the Smackdown fans.
King: I told you JR, The European Champion is just dominating here in the early going. What do you think of Smackdown’s chances now?
JR: The match is still early King. I’m not quite worried just yet.
Cesaro calls for the Miz to come get some more and The Miz attempts to hit Cesaro with a punch, but Cesaro blocks it before delivering a European Uppercut right into the chin of Miz. Miz is holding himself up against the ropes, Cesaro again hits an Uppercut and yet the Miz is still standing. Cesaro brings the Miz in and sends him to the mat with a gutwrench suplex that gets the approval of the crowd. The Champion is indeed showing why he has been a champion for so long as he begins begging for the Miz to get up again. The Miz slowly gets to his feet and Cesaro taunts again as if trying to get the crowd behind him it is clear he is mocking the crowd. Cesaro grabs the Miz and lifts him up into a vertical suplex, but he doesn’t immediately take the Miz down to the mat, instead he just holds the Miz up in the air for several seconds before sending him crashing to the mat. Cesaro goes for the cover.
1…
2…
The Miz kicks out!
JR: I’ve got to say King, I’ve not been able to call the European Champion’s matches in a long time and I am really impressed with his strength. The Miz is definitely out matched here.
King: I told you JR, the whole world isn’t giving the Miz a chance here tonight and now it is obvious why.
Cesaro shakes his head feeling sorry for the Miz, to have kicked out was a giant mistake to the champion as he brings Miz to his feet and lifts him up onto his shoulders looking for a running powerslam, but the Miz fights and falls off shoving Cesaro as hard as he can and he goes into the corner. Cesaro turns around in the corner and the Miz rushes him, but gets a boot to his face as Cesaro is able to counter. Cesaro tosses Miz into the corner of the ring before getting down and driving his shoulders into the mid-section of the Smackdown Superstar. Heyman is screaming on the outside of the cage, trying to get Miz into the match but it just isn’t happening. Miz is hurting now as Cesaro pulls the former Reality TV Star into a short arm clothesline before the champion tries to retain his title with a cover.
1…
2…
Miz kicks out!
The crowd is surprised the Miz was able to kick out at two there with the beating he is taking, no one is happier than Heyman, his hat falling off in the celebration, as Cesaro isn’t very happy. He takes the Miz by the legs and lifts him up and begins swinging him around in the Giant Swing, Cesaro appears to be laughing as he tosses the Miz to the mat with ease. “This is the man who almost took my title, please, I’m insulted.†Cesaro tells Aksana at ringside before going over to his opponent and picking him up, he shoots the Miz off the ropes and gets down preparing to send the Miz flying on the way back, but the Miz stuns Cesaro by getting a kick into his chest. Seeing a small moment of opportunity the Miz connects with a European uppercut of his own. Getting more confident with each attack the Miz unleashes another uppercut before sending the champion to the mat with a neckbreaker. The Miz goes for his first pinfall of the match up.
1…
2…
Cesaro kicks out!
JR: And the Miz has finally appeared to come to life here King, and maybe just in time as things were not looking so good their towards the end.
King: The Miz is just delaying the inevitable JR. Cesaro is going to walk out the winner here tonight.
The Miz brings Cesaro to his feet and knees him in the gut in hopes of keeping him off balance. The Miz than tosses Cesaro hard into the corner and with a look of desperation on his face charges Cesaro and connects with a swinging corner clothesline. The Miz remains calm and quiet but on the outside Heyman is taunting the hell out Aksana. Aksana responds by slapping Heyman across the face which gets a nice pop from the crowd. The official on the outside separates the two as the Miz watches from ringside as if wondering what the hell is going on. He turns back to Cesaro after the commotion but Cesaro is back now hitting Miz with another uppercut of the European varient, Miz answers with a right hand of his own before whipping Cesaro, but Cesaro reverses it and the Miz bounces off the ropes and is dropped to the mat. The Miz gets up off the mat in pain and he should have just stayed down as Cesaro sends him right back with a bicycle kick. Cesaro makes the cover.
1…
2…
3.. NO!
The Miz gets a shoulder up almost at 3 which surprises the crowd.
JR: That bicycle kick looked as if it took the Miz’s head off. You have to be impressed the Miz was able to kick out there.
King: The Miz’s brains must have broken on that kick JR, that’s the only reason I can see him kicking out after the beating he is receiving.
Cesaro dusts off his hands as if signaling he’s done and this is now just nawing at his patients. He cracks his knuckles before picking up the challenger from Smackdown and lifting him up above his head in a military press. The crowd is clearly impressed by Cesaro’s showing as he tosses the Miz into the steel cage meshing. The Miz’s body makes a nasty sound before falling back to the mat. The European Champion smiles at his handiwork as he begins walking towards the door and signaling the official to open it. The official opens it and Cesaro walks towards victory, he gets down through the ropes prepared to walk out when the cage comes crashing into him, Paul Heyman has taken the cage away from the official and slammed it into Cesaro’s skull.
King: I thought the whole point of this match was so that stuff like this didn’t happen.
JR: Should the Miz walk out of this with the European Title he better give Paul Heyman a raise because he just saved Smackdown’s ass.
Cesaro and the Miz are both down, a shot of Aksana shows she is horrified and worried about the condition of the European Champion. The Miz begins to stir first, his damage coming a few moments before Cesaro’s. The former Reality TV Star begins military crawling his way to his opponent and drapes an arm across him.
1…
2…
3… NO!
Cesaro gets the shoulder up. The hopes of Raw are still alive here in this first cross brand match up. Both men get to their feet the Miz a few seconds before Cesaro and as the European Champion gets to his feet the Miz grabs him, but Cesaro instinctively takes Miz into the corner of the ring, but the Miz brings down both arms onto the back of Cesaro which forces the Champion to his knees. The Miz is quick to bring him out of the corner and hit a snap DDT on his kneeling foe to some cheers but mostly jeers. The Miz goes for the cover.
1…
2…
3.. NO!
The Miz and Heyman both can’t believe it as Miz rages by slamming his fists into the mat. The Miz brings Cesaro to his feet and begins to look for the Skull Crushing finale but Cesaro elbows him before sending the Miz to the mat with a hip toss. The Miz gets to his feet and Cesaro drops him with a clothesline, going back to the well in attempting to wear the Miz back down. Miz gets to his feet and Cesaro lifts him up into a running powerslam position before taking off for the steel cage meshing. Heyman yells at the top of his lungs and the Miz reacts dropping just in time, Cesaro stops himself on the ropes giving the Miz an opening. Miz hits Cesaro with a low blow that garners the most heat for the match yet. Cesaro is defenseless now as The Miz sets him up for the Skull Crushing Finale, but the Miz turns Cesaro towars the mesh of the cage and brings Cesaro into it. The Miz has just hit the Skull Crushing Finale off of the steel cage. The crowd can’t believe what they just saw as the Miz makes the cover.
1…
2…
3…
Here is Your Winner and the NEW UWF European Champion: The Miz!
King: What?! Are you kidding me? What the hell just happened?
JR: Bah Gawd! The Miz did it! The European Championship is coming to Smackdown King thanks to a skull crushing finale off of the steel.
King: Raw will be the victor at the end of the night JR. You’ll see.
The cage is lifted back into the rafters as the Miz is handed the European Championship and Heyman slides in to share the moment with his client. Heyman raises the Miz’s arm with the European title in the other as the two celebrate the victory as UWF Starrcade continues.
MVP is backstage getting ready for his number one contendership match later in the night, when suddenly he is joined by the Undisputed Champion, a man he may soon be facing if both he and Austin are victorious tonight.
Stone Cold: I can't believe my eyes, it's You Dubya Eff's highest paid superstar. That is what ya claim, isn't it?
MVP stops what he's doing and turns to Austin, the look on his face a dead giveaway that he's not in the mood for any of Stone Cold's games..
MVP: What do you want, Steve?
Stone Cold: I want you ta' take the bass out of yer voice before I say ta' hell with the number one contendership match and give you a reason ta' wear that stupid little bandage on your nose. You're talking to the Undisputed Champion, the real highest paid superstar in You Dubya Eff. But I didn't come here ta' talk wages, I came here ta' talk about yer match tonight. When all is said and done, it's gonna be either you or Ken that's gonna be next in line for a shot at this title, and I'm gonna be watchin' very intently ta' see which one of ya it's gonna be. Not because I'm hopin' for one over the other, because honestly it doesn't matter who it is aside from simple curiosity. The outcome of your match is only going to effect the outcome of the winner's title match in one way. If you win, Stone Cold gets ta' whip the colored boy's ass. If you lose, Stone Cold gets ta' whip the white boy's ass. Now before you go writin' a diss rap, understand that I'm not makin' it about race, because it's not about race, it's about ability, and neither of you have the amount of ability it's gonna take to win this championship from me. Not on pay-per-view, not on Raw, not on Smackdown, not at all. In fact....
MVP puts his hand up to cut Stone Cold off.
MVP: Let me stop you right there Stone Cold, what makes you think you can just walk into my lockeroom, just a few minutes before I go out and easily dispatch of Mr Anderson and disrespect me, bore me to death with your rambling ons? I should be getting ready for my match, sipping on a few cocktails, doing a few stretchs lifting up the money bags that Teddy Long has just dropped off but instead like I said, you wanna waltz in here like your something, like your better then me. You obviously know who I am otherwise you would of walked straight past my door but instead you couldn't help it, you had to come in and see what all the fuss was about, if all the hype is real, if I really am the biggest threat to your Undisputed Championship reign and I can see it in your eyes Steve, I can see that the cogs are aligning themselves in your head, the gears are working overtime but you have come to the answer of all those questions. The answer is a resounding YES!!! The fuss all about me is deserved, all the hype that has people talking is real and I certainly am the biggest threat to your title. You should be watching this match tonight, you should be watching and trying to figure out if I have any weaknesses, if there is maybe something you can do stop me but I'll tell you now Steve, nothing you can do, nothing you think you do will stop the roll of MVP, every week my swag will be getting higher and higher, Mr Anderson tried it before and he failed, Randy Orton tried to slow it on Raw and I dominated the Leader of the NWO without breaking a sweat. I know that impresses you Stone Cold but nothing you do impresses me, I saw the end of Raw, I saw you laid out going through that table so if I was you, I wouldn't worry about MVP, I wouldn't worry about carrying that title around for much longer because if I was a betting man, my bet would be that after Starrcade, you will be at the back of the line, competiting in the first match of the night against CM Punk, oh wait, you already do that and your champion, oh dear lord, I don't wanna see what happens next week when you don't have that championship, if I was you, I would enjoy your last match in UWF.
MVP smirks at Stone Cold as he looks down at the table in front of him but Stone Cold doesn't leave. He continues to stare at MVP. He opens his mouth and speaks again as MVP lifts his head. [/QUOTE]
Stone Cold: I'm not here to impress you, kid, even if I was still slappin' hands with the fans and givin' advice to the boys in the back and gettin' cheered and all that bullshit, you wouldn't even be on my radar. I didn't come in here because I wanted ta' see what all the hype is about, because I don't listen to the hype, I listen to my own impressions, and ta' me yer nothin' but a polished piece a' shit tryna' pass himself off as bein' worth somethin'. You can talk about money and livin' lavishly all you want kid, you can dress as flashy as you want, but ta' me and a lot a' people watchin' yer just an ex-convict tryna' stay on the right side of the law so you don't have ta' go back. If you manage ta' win tonight and keep yer nose clean, I'll be waitin'.
Austin turns to leave, but MVP stops him.
MVP: Lets not end it just yet Steve, trust me, i'll show you the door when I am done, whether it's walking you there or putting your big bald head through it. Steve, I've been watching you for a while, it seems I've seen so many different versions of you over the years, the beer drinker, the ass kicker, the bleeder, the legend, the icon and then I have seen the ass kisser, the coward, a man who attacks women, a man that runs away but like I said Steve, I have yet to see a side to you that impresses me. This big bad image you try to dress yourself up in before you came in to my lockeroom, I see right through it, I see the fear in your eyes, I see it I really do but I know it's because you know I'm worth something. The people in the back are all talking about me and the impact I have made in such a short time, hell they given me a match against a man that I have already laid out. You are looking at the future right now Steve so how about you take a picture, how about you get your pencil out and begin to draw because this face will never leave your mind, this face will be in your brain 24/7 and to be honest Steve, I hope you win tonight, I hope you beat Wade Barrett so then I can show you what it feels like to be BALLIN!!!
MVP does his trademark taunt as Stone Cold doesn't look impressed.
Stone Cold: We'll see.
Austin turns and walks away as Starrcade pans away to another segment.
Michael Cole: Ladies and gentlemen, we welcome you from the Mariner Arena in Baltimore, Mariland!
Jerry Lawler: We just witnesed another breath taking match as one of the biggest Pay Per Views of the year continues! We are just moments away from seeing ...... going one on one with .......
Jerry Lawler stops talking as people in the arena sit anxiously and wait to see some in-ring action.
All of a sudden, lights in the arena go off. Some people are talking to people who sit next to them, asking what this is all about but some people already know what this means as they start to scream.
LIGHTS OUT!
Lights Out by Hollywood Undead blasts through the arena speakers as pyros explode and the entrance ramp gets covered in purple smoke. When music hit the speakers people automatlly jumped on their feet, not believing what is happening. Music continues to play when suddenly Austin Aries is seen running through the purple smoke and people go absolutely crazy, they haven't seen him in almost a month.
Austin Aries runs down the entrance ramp as people cheer him. Aries slides right into the ring and climbs the turnbuckle. Aries asks for a microphone and he gets one. For a while, Aries keeps looking to the crowd with a microphone in his hand with a smile on his face.
Austin Aries:
It's been a while, huh? I so missed running through that curtain with my blood full of adrenaline. My thanks go to all of you people who reminded me what it feels like. When you don't have a chance to do what you do best and what you love to do you always get stressed when you get on oppurtunity to come back and keep on doing your thing but now I'm back and I'm better than ever! This time, I'm not going anywhere. You know, I had to take a little break due to family issues. I wasn't away because of Randy Orton and this little nWo thing. I wasn't away because Steve Austin took my title away from me. I doesn't matter. What does matter is that now I'm back and I'm looking for revenge, I'm looking to reclaim what is rightfully mine but first things first. Since I was away a lot of things happened around here. We have a new brand with Nige... uhm... with Desmond Wolfe as the general manager. We have some new superstars. New superstars...I'm getting to my point. You know, I have no problem with new superstars joining UWF. Having new competetion always feels good. But do you know what doesn't? When someone who did nothing thus far talks trash about you. You know you are stuck in the backstage, listening to me right now because you don't deserve to perform at a Pay Per View. It must feel so bad that you don't have any air time and the man who just came back has, doesn't it, Regal?
*People begin to boo hard as Aries mentions William Regal.*
My first question. How dare you?! How dare you call me talentless. How dare you you disrespectfull little prick?! Do you know who I am? I am the greatest man that ever lived and you are nowhere near me. You have a big mouth for someone who did nothing in his career. Oh, my bad. You "won" a CWF Hardcore Championship. You and CWF management screwed R-Truth out of the title. I remember one more thing. Do you remember when beat you for the CWF European Championship? I think you do. I accomplished more in 6 months than you were able to since you left WWE. It's like year or two I think. I don't need to waste my time talking about you. What I want to say. Accomplish something and then come back and call me talentless. Unless you don't, do not freakin' open your mouths again.
*Aries calms down and continues.*
Another man who opened his mouths and claimed to be the man who "get rid of me". Wade Barrett. You did absolutely nothing, Wade. At Backlash you didn't even touch me and you think you are the reason why I wasn't on screen for almost a month. Are you pathetic. This is not me talking trash, this is me talking truth, telling how it is, telling facts. Another fact for you. You are in the title picture because I wasn nowhere to be seen. As you can see. I'm here and I'm ready to wrestle. I could sign a contract to get myself a rematch and make tonights Main Event a Triple Threat match, ensuring you don't become the UWF Undisputed Champion. I said no to myself. I said no because I know you'll loose anyway.
*Aries takes a little break to correct his suit.*
As for the Undisputed Title situation. I had the shortest Undisputed Title reign in the history of UWF. It doesn't matter because I at least had that one reign and I'm damn sure it wasn't my last UWF Undisputed Title reign. Sooner or later, I will sign a contract to get my rematch and win it back. Who knows, maybe I'm going to fail but I can guarant-damn-tee you that I won't give up trying to become the World Undisputed Champion, your World Undisputed Champion.
*Aries points his finger at people in attendance.*
UWF Backlash. At that show, I lost my Undisputed Title. I lost it to Steve Austin but that's not the problem here. Do you remember what happened after the match? In case you don't, let me show you. Roll the footage!
At Backlash Randy Orton punted me in the skull. Randy, Randy, Randy. I thought you are a smart person. You had everything going well since I wasn't a part of RAW. You had everything going well until tonight! Tonight, it's the return of the one and only Austin Aries. Tonight, the party ends for your and your two pals. Tonight the "takeover" stops. My name is Austin Aries and I'm here to make you regret everything. I'm here to make you regret the fact you punted me in the skull. I'm here to make you regret you signed a UWF Contract. I'm here to make your life a living hell and I don't care if I'll have to do it in this ring, in the parking lot, in your locker room, or ot your freakin' house like Triple H did three years ago. Randy, the fact of a matter is this. It doesn't matter if you bring your little muppets with you, it doesn't matter if you take me three on one. I will have my revenge no matter what and my revenge begins tonight. It's LIGHTS OUT for the nWo.
Aries drops the microphoneas lights in the arena go off. When they light up, Aries is nowhere to be seen.
The crowd is electric from the great Starrcade action they've seen thus far, and while things are settled down for a moment, the camera cut backstage where Mr. Anderson is standing nearby with one of the backstage interviewers.
Interviewer: Mr. Anderson, tonight is the night we find out who is going to be the next challenger for either Stone Cold or Wade Barrett's Undisputed Championship. A lot's got to be running through your head right now, what are you doing to prepare for MVP?
Mr. Anderson thinks on the question for a moment, then goes to respond, but suddenly the current Undisputed Champion Stone Cold walks onscreen, sending the crowd into a booing frenzy.
He finishes the beer he's drinking and throws the can offscreen.
Stone Cold: I'm gonna stop ya right there, kid. I'm sure you think you have something really important to say but the truth is, you don't. I know this piece of trash wants you to answer the question, but his opinion's as worthless ta' me as everyone that bought a Starrcade ticket tonight, so as far as I'm concerned he can just stand there with his little microphone waggin' in yer face and I'll be the one ta' do the talking. Preparing for MVP is important, but that's not going to be enough. You have ta' be prepared for what yer gonna do next if he beats ya, what yer gonna do next if you beat him. If he beats you, I don't know what's next for Ken Anderson, I'm not a fortune teller. But if you beat him, I'll tell you exactly what's gonna happen, the same thing that happened when we fought in You See Dubya for control of Smackdown, I'm gonna beat your bottle blonde ass and take my persona back!
Austin looks at Anderson with fire in his eyes, who returns the look as he responds.
Mr. Anderson: Take your persona back? TAKE your persona back? It looks to me like someone has some identity issues. Huh? What is it Steve? Crisis of conscience? Realising that you've turned your back on the people that made you? Realising that there's someone else waiting to take your place and fill your shoes? I don't steal persona's Austin. I only take things that I deserve. I take opportunities, I take money in the bank briefcases, I take advantage of my opponents mistakes and I take championships. Did ya know I got a dog back at home? Yeah, named after you your "greatness". No I haven't stolen your name so calm down before you go all "I'm the best wrassler alive so here's to ya" on me. He was named after you because you were the guy who pushed me to go further in this business than I could have imagined, inspied me...trouble is I thought he was a dude but it turns out I've got a female dog on my hands. Hold on, I've kept the name though because now you both have something in common, you're both little bitches.
The crowd "oooh's" at the insult and Ken smirks as he gets right into Austin's face.
Stone Cold: You might think it's ridiculous but next ta' Shark Boy, yer the biggest Stone Cold Steve Austin ripoff I've ever seen. It's difficult for me to have a crisis of conscience when I don't have one kid, and if you win the contendership you'll find out exactly what I mean. You want to take the opportunity, you want to take my place? Yer gonna have ta' step up a lot more than ya are then, kid. I'll be waiting to see which one of you gets the shot, and if it's you, well I promise that I'm gonna prove just how in over yer head you are.
Austin slaps Anderson across the face and walks away. Anderson looks at him angrily as Starrcade heads to its next segment.
Matt Striker: Ladies and Gentleman please welcome my guest at this time, the self professed Intellectual Savior to the unwashed masses…Damien Sandow.
*The camera pans up showing Sandow step into the frame*
Damien Sandow: Matthew
Matt Striker: Damien Sandow, Last Friday Night on Smackdown we saw your in ring debut in UWF, earning a victory over the icon Shawn Michaels, What are your thoughts on this huge accomplishment? Especially after you were forced to compete
Damien Sandow: Last we saw UWF programming; we bared witness to the commencement of a new era. As your intellectual savior made his debut against the addled and senile Mr. Michaels, a bout I attempted to not take part in so as to not submit all of you to an abhorrent contest. I defeated a man held high in regard around this company and yet I feel rather disheartened, for all the hype surrounding the self-proclaimed “Showstopper†I deduced I would have to put forth more effort to impart my lesson to him. On the other hand, Mr. Michaels was of course simply a falsely appointed idol which if not dealt with physically would simply continue on to spread his illiteracy and misconceptions throughout the UWF audience. I do however feel compelled to mention that what occurred between Mr. Michaels and I was no victory, for it was simply a bump in the proverbial road to enlightenment. To quote Sun Tzu "All men can see these tactics whereby I conquer, but what none can see is the strategy out of which victory is evolved."
Matt Striker: That said, do you have any insight as to why you first chose not to face Shawn Michaels, for he is an icon in our industry and yet you deemed him unworthy.
Damien Sandow: Poor simple Matthew, Mr. Michaels may have earned himself a reputation however I do not romanticize situations as the ignorant are one to do. Mr. Michaels just as others in our company are past their usefulness and are simply living off a past life. That was the essence of my lesson, for he who seeks the spotlight even in such advanced age should not be allowed to carry on in his fiasco.
Matt Striker: How do you plan in celebrating this win?
*Sandow gets a smile on his face as if finding the question amusing*
Damien Sandow: Matthew, Celebration is for simpletons. I have serious work to get to, I do not have the luxury of time in which to celebrate such a “win†for there are people to save and enlighten, freeing people from the chains of ignorance is no part time task.
Matt Striker: Lastly, considering we are here tonight at Starrcade, do you have any thoughts on tonight’s event seeing as you are not taking part in them.
Damien Sandow: my “thought’s†as you put them are a mixture of disdain and exuberance, for tonight is a night where the unwashed masses will not be thought. They will simply be forced to witness incoherent rantings and abhorrent contest the likes of which will culminate for our Smackdown brand in the form of a two out of three falls match, in which rather than subject the masses to one distasteful hardcore style bout we will witness two to possibly three of them.
Matt Striker: Mr. Sandow, I hate to correct you however the first fall will be a Submission match, and the final a Hell in the Cell Match…
Damien Sandow: Are you implying that I am not only a liar, but as well as questioning my intelligence? A Submission match, Matthew, is a match that only ends when a man is made to submit. And the caged third fall is simply a hardcore bout within the confines of a steel cell, as well as the men involved coming from the bouts they competed in the past... anything they are in I see as simply a disgusting hardcore bout. The deplorable fact being that these two are facing one another for the richest prize in our business, however I digress. What I was going to elaborate on before I was so rudely interrupted by some dunce, is the fact that I look forward to this evenings events if only because I know it shall be the final time the masses will have to bath in the sea of insolence, inequity, and inadequacy. Henceforth my lessons will begin to spread, and as I shine enlightenment out to the masses. They shall forever be freed from the chains of ignorance they bare to this day, And once that time has come we will finally enter the Era of Enlightenment.
*Sandow looks down at Striker with a look of disgust.*
Thus concludes our Interview.
*Sandow goes to leave as Striker was bringing the microphone back to his own mouth, he pauses and Sandow steps back towards him and Striker holds the mic up to him once more*
You’re Welcome.
*Sandow gets a smirk on his face before leaving off screen*
Cole: Ladies and Gentlemen, now it's time for a very personal match. This rivalry dates back to before Backlash. Randy Orton has brought the NWO to UWF and he has decided to make John Cena his first victim.
Roberts: The following match is an interpromotional match scheduled for one fall. Introducing first, from West Newbury, Massachussetts, weighing in at 256 pounds; John Cena!
[video=youtube;n8T3BexspUk]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=n8T3BexspUk[/video]
John Cena’s entrance music blares out of the speakers, and the crowd bursts in thunderous cheers. All of a sudden, an completely focused John Cena walks out onto the stage, with is a change from the usual. John Cena looks into the camera and screams out “Buckle your seat belts, it’s go time.†before meeting the end of the stage. John Cena takes a bow forward, straightening himself before raising his right arm quickly, saluting the ring. John Cena, instead of sprinting, slowly walks down the entrance ramp toward the ring. John Cena slides in the ring and hops up and onto his feet, as he throws up his hand sign on the ropes. John Cena bounces off the ropes and throws his cap at the crowd, who fight over it. He then leans on the ropes and waits for the arrival of his opponent.
Roberts: And his opponent, from St.Louis, Missouri, weighing in at 246 pounds, he is "The Viper"; Randy Orton!!
[video=youtube_share;lNKcXtCTbbQ]http://youtu.be/lNKcXtCTbbQ[/video]
The crowd explodes as Randy Orton passes through the curtains and onto the main stage. He's wearing his usual smirk, but donning some new ring gear. Across his chest is no longer his corporate t-shirts sold on websites or in the arenas, but a black one bearing just three letters, N..W..O. He makes his way down to ringside, as Batista looks on. The fans reach out for Orton but he continues up the steel steps and into the ring. He climbs a turnbuckle and poses as the fans cheer. He jumps down and waits for the match to start.
The bell rings and Cena and Orton stare at one another from opposing sides of the ring. The air in the arena is that of a huge match feeling. The two get closer to the center of the ring, and consequently, closer to each other. Soon, both Cena and Orton soon stand nose to nose, both men with a look of determination on their faces. The action starts when Cena throws a right hand, catching Orton in the jaw….
JR: Here we go!
Orton goes down to the mat but immediately gets back to his feet. Cena grabs him by the arm and throws him to the ropes, but Orton reverses Cena’s whip and Cena instead goes to the ropes. When Cena bounces back, Orton wraps his arms around Cena’s waist and tosses him overhead with a belly to belly suplex. Cena’s body hits the mat as Orton goes for the first cover of the match…
1…
2…
Cena kicks out!
Cena makes his way over to the corner, where Orton comes at him with a running clothesline. Cena moves out of the way before Orton crashes into the turnbuckle chest first. Cena goes behind Orton, before lifting him off the mat and bringing him down to the canvas with a back body drop. Orton grabs his head as soon as he hits the canvas and Cena goes for a cover…
1…
2…
Orton kicks out!
Cena quickly gets off Orton before lifting the third generation superstar to his feet. Cena then proceeds to lift Orton off the mat once more before slamming him back first with a scoop slam. Cena then proceeds to drop a quick elbow across Orton’s chest before going for another cover…
1…
2…
Orton kicks out!
JR: Cena taking it to Orton early!
King: I know he’s a Raw guy JR, but if Orton wins here, there may be no stopping the NWO.
Cena gets to his feet before looking down on Orton. He heads to the ring apron, where he then begins to climb to the top rope. He reaches the top, where he is obviously out of his comfort zone. Orton has reached his feet though and dives at the ropes, shaking them and causing Cena to lose his balance. Cena lands groin first on the top turnbuckle.
King: That’s a rough landing for Cena.
As Cena has his awkward landing, Orton climbs to the top rope and goes after him. Both men are perched on the top and Orton throws a few fists into Cena’s skull. Orton then throws Cena’s arm over his shoulder before throwing him off the top with a top rope superplex. Cena and Orton both crash on the canvas, but Orton has the wherewithal to go for a cover…
1…
2…
Cena kicks out!
Orton quickly gets off Cena, before mounting him and throwing right hands right into Cena’s skull. Fist after fist after fist until Orton reaches about half a dozen. Orton then gets off Cena before bouncing off the near ropes and dropping a knee across Cena’s throat. Orton then goes for another cover…
1…
2…
Cena kicks out!
JR: This is the pace that Orton needs to wrestle this match. Slow and methodical, he can’t let Cena gain any momentum.
Orton lifts Cena off the mat. He grabs Cena’s arm and attempts to Irish Whip him, but Cena ducks under and counters. Cena kicks Orton right in the gut before slamming him with a quick Fisherman’s Suplex. Cena floats over and quickly covers Orton….
1…
2…
Orton kicks out!
Orton starts to pull himself up as Cena gets to his feet. Cena runs off the ropes, hitting Orton with a shoulder block. Orton hits the mat, but quickly recovers; only to have Cena hit him with another running shoulder block. Orton once again recovers and gets to his feet, only to swing wildly at Cena. Cena ducks under and lifts Orton off the mat with a spinout powerbomb…
King: This is what you were talking about JR.
Cena gets to his feet and throws his hand up in the air. The fans are eating it up. Cena looks down at Orton before doing his trademark “You Can’t See Me†taunt…
King: You can’t see me Orton, but you can see this five knuckle shuffle!
Cena bounces off the ropes before performing his usual theatrics and dropping a five knuckle shuffle across Orton’s skull. Cena gets back up and everyone knows what’s next. Cena puts his hands on his knees and waits for Orton to get to his feet. Orton starts pulling himself up, slowly but surely, and when he does, Cena spins him around and lifts him in a fireman’s carry position…
JR: Attitude Adjustment!
Cena is prepared to deliver the Attitude Adjustment to Orton. Orton responds by elbowing Cena in the side of the head repeatedly. The elbows stumble Cena, but he maintains his focus. That is until Orton throws a perfectly placed elbow which hits Cena right in the jaw. This causes Cena to drop Orton and Orton slides down Cena’s back. This gives Orton the opportunity to grab Cena’s head and hit his trademark inverted backbreaker. Cena grabs his spine and Orton goes for a cover…
1…
2…
Cena kicks out!
King: Like Orton or not, that was a brilliant counter.
Orton staggers to his feet, shaking his head to get rid of the cobwebs. Cena has rolled to the ring apron and Orton goes to the arena floor. Orton heads over to Cena before placing Cena in a front face lock. Orton has that glazed over look in his eye…
King: This isn’t good for Cena!
Orton proceeds to drop backwards, taking Cena to the arena floor with the Hangman’s DDT…
JR: Cena’s head just bounced off the floor. That padding is very thin folks.
Orton looks down on Cena before hearing the referee counting and heads back into the ring. Orton breaks the count by rolling back onto the floor and going after Cena. Orton lifts Cena off the floor, before taking his head and eyeing up the steel ring pole. Orton then gets a full head of steam before heading towards the pole. Cena is able to spin through and counter, sending Orton into the pole instead.
King: Orton just went face first into the steel ring pole.
Cena hears the referee’s count before and rolls in the ring and back out to break it. Orton is still down on the floor as Cena heads over to the Spanish announce table. He takes the top of the table off and moves the television monitors out of the way before heading over back to Orton…
King: Cena’s got bad intentions!
Orton has recovered somewhat and when Cena makes his way over to him, Orton hits him right in the stomach with a forearm shot. This doubles Cena over and Orton charges in and hits a spinning neckbreaker on the arena floor…
JR: Bah God! Cena already had a concussion and that doesn’t help.
Orton hears the referee’s count once more and rolls back in the ring before rolling back up, breaking the count. He heads back over to Cena before lifting him off the floor and throwing him over to the Raw announce table…
King: I’m getting the hell out of here!
Orton throws Cena on the announce table and soon follows. Orton punches Cena in the face a few times before lifting him to his feet. Orton talks a little trash to Cena before leaping in the air and grabbing Cena by the skull…
JR: Oh No! RKO on the table!
In mid move, Cena is able to push Orton away and Orton crashes through the Spanish announce table that Orton set up earlier…
JR: Orton went through the table!
Cena shakes off exhaustion and heads to the wreckage. He grabs Orton’s limp body and lifts him to his feet before throwing him in the ring…
King: All Cena has to do is cover Orton and he’s going to win.
Cena follows suit and soon covers Orton….
1…
2…
King: He got him!
3…NO! Orton rolls a shoulder!
JR: How in the world did he kick out?
Cena gets right off Orton and he seems to know how to end Orton. Cena backs up into a nearby corner and creates distance between himself and Orton. Cena has a huge smile on his face as Orton starts attempting to get up. Orton rests on his hands and knees, and Cena’s eyes light up…
JR: You don’t think…
King: Payback is a bitch JR!
Cena charges in towards Orton, pulling his foot back, looking for Orton’s Punt…
King: Cena is going to Punt Orton all the way to D.C
As Cena gets closer to Orton, Orton is able to pop off the mat and out of nowhere leaps in the air, grabbing Cena by the head and slamming him down with a swift RKO!!!
JR: RKO out of nowhere! Orton’s going to do it!
Orton hits the RKO and the ring shakes on impact. Randy’s a little worse for wear, but he drags himself over to Cena and goes for another cover…
1…
JR: RKO! It’s over!
2…
King: The NWO is going to win another one!
3…NO! Cena kicks out!
The live Baltimore audience starts a “Let’s Go Cena†chant in support of their hero. Orton can’t believe it, so he covers Cena again…
1…
2…
Cena powers out!
JR: There’s still life in John Cena!
Orton gets off Cena and heads towards the ring apron. Orton starts climbing to the top rope and reaches the pinnacle. Orton waits for Cena to pull himself up. Cena finally does get up, and when Cena turns towards Orton, Randy jumps off the top rope and goes for a Flying Crossbody…
King: Orton’s flying!
As Orton flies through the air, Cena is able to catch him…
JR: Look at the show of strength!
Cena holds Orton in a Fall away Slam position before he is able to toss Orton onto his shoulders into a Fireman’s Carry position. Cena wastes no time slamming Orton to the mat with a Death Valley Driver known as the Attitude Adjustment!
King: The AA! Cena’s going to win!
Cena hits his famous finishing move and goes for a cover immediately…
1…
2…
Orton kicks out!
JR: Cena’s kicked out of the RKO! Orton’s kicked out of the AA! What’s it going to take?!
Cena gets off Orton before heading to the ring apron. He once again climbs to the top and waits for Orton. Orton pulls himself up, making it to one knee with his head down, and Cena jumps off the top rope and brings both legs down across the back of Orton’s head. The high impact move takes Orton back to the canvas face down. Cena soon capitalizes, going down to Orton’s legs and grabbing one before stepping over it and wrapping his arms around Orton’s neck, applying the STF…
King: STF! Orton’s going to have to tap!
Orton struggles as Cena has the submission locked in tightly. Orton reaches for the ropes, but he’s nowhere near them. Cena screams “Tapâ€, but Orton refuses. Orton claws at the mat, trying to pull himself to the ropes…
JR: Is Orton going to make it?
Orton raises his arm, almost as if he’s ready to tap out. But he doesn’t. He just keeps pulling himself closer and closer to the ropes. Cena continues to apply the pressure, and Orton is literally an inch away from the bottom rope. Cena again screams for Orton to tap, but Orton reaches out and finally grabs the rope that he’s been craving to grasp for what seems like an eternity. The referee tells Cena to break the hold, but he refuses. This means the referee has no choice but to count…
1…
2…
3…
4…
Cena breaks the hold before five!
Cena gets to his feet, fresh out of ideas. He’s thrown everything in his repertoire at Orton and it still isn’t enough. Cena lifts Orton off the mat. Randy is still struggling to breathe as Cena rests him on the ropes. Cena then whips Orton off yet again, and yet again, Orton counters. Cena bounces off the ropes and when he comes back at Orton, Orton hits him with a stiff clothesline. Cena hits the mat and gets back to his feet, only to have Orton hit him with another. Cena hits the mat one more time and when he gets up, swings at Orton, only to have Orton duck and hit him with a swift powerslam…
JR: Powerslam by Randy Orton!
King: It’s so nice to have someone who knows what the moves are called.
Randy’s entering that place. He looks down at Cena, before his breathing begins getting more and more shallow. The fans start chanting “RKO†over and over again. Randy looks out into the sea of people, before spinning around and falling to his knees. Orton starts pounding the mat with his fists…
King: This isn’t good for Cena! Orton’s entering that zone!
Randy continues to pound the mat. Just waiting and waiting for Cena to get to his feet! Cena starts to pull himself up, and Orton gets into position. Once Cena gets up and turns around, he walks right into another attempted RKO…
JR: Not again!
Cena blocks the RKO again, once more pushing Orton in the back, away from the move. Cena’s shove sends Orton towards the ropes and Orton bounces off. When Orton comes back, Cena lowers his shoulder and lifts Orton onto them in position for his finishing move again…
King: Another Attitude Adjustment!
Cena has Orton resting on his shoulders for another Attitude Adjustment. Orton throws elbows to the side of Cena’s head, hoping that we will drop him again, but it’s not working. Cena is able to use his unbelievable strength to power Orton off his shoulders and to the mat.
King: Oh My God!
JR: What a counter!
As Cena flips Orton off his shoulder, Orton is able to grab Cena’s head and counter with a beautiful RKO! The fans cheer for this! A “This is Wrestling†chant breaks out as both Orton and Cena lie motionless on the mat. The referee is just as astonished as the fans are, but he has a job to do. So he begins his 10-count…
1…
2…
3…
4…
5…
6…
7…
Orton starts crawling over to Cena…
8…
9…
Orton drapes a shoulder over Cena’s lifeless body, going for a cover…
1…
2…
3…NO! Cena kicks out!
JR: BAH God! Cena just kicked out of the second RKO of the match!
Orton can’t believe it! Cena’s kicked out of his trademark move twice now! He staggers to his feet, just wondering what to do. Cena is starting to move, trying to make it to his feet. Orton sees this, and backs into the nearest corner…
King: Oh No!
Orton’s eyes light up as Cena is on the opposing side of the ring on his hands and knees. Orton is prepared to strike and when he charges out of the corner and brings his boot right to Cena’s temple…
JR: The Punt!
Cena’s body falls to the mat as Orton hits the Punt. Orton wipes the saliva from his mouth as he drags Cena away from the ropes and goes for the cover…
1…
King: Cena’s out of it!
2…
3…
Roberts: Here is your winner; Randy Orton!
The NWO version of “Voices†starts playing as the referee has his hand raised. Orton throws up the NWO hand sign as he looks down on John Cena.
JR: What an unbelievable contest between these two. But we have to worry about the health of John Cena. That Punt has taken out so many people in the past. Nonetheless, the New World Order has swept Starrcade.
Orton rolls out of the ring and heads up the ramp, where he looks back to the ring where officials are checking on the status of John Cena. Orton stands on top of the stage and throws up the New World Order hand signal one more time before heading to commercial.
---------------------
Smackdown Presents Heatwave!
---------------------
We return from after commercial to the arena filled with rabid UWF fans who have seen some exciting action tonight at Starrcade. Then, out of the blue, the lights go out. The fans don't know what to think.
Cole: What's going on here?
Lawler: I don't know either, Cole!
Then, as soon as they mention it, a familiar theme is heard over the PA.
[video=youtube;KVILZ5KE8Ow]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KVILZ5KE8Ow[/video]
The crowd explodes as the theme of “The People's Champion†comes on. After a few moments, The Great One arrives as The Rock steps out into the arena and looks out into the sea of fans, almost blinding him with flash photography.
Lawler: Oh My God! It's The Rock!
Cole: The People's Champ, The Rock is here at Starrcade!
The Rock then makes his way down the ramp as the crowd continues to go crazy in the stands. People are in shock as he heads towards the ring.
Cole: This is surreal, King!
Lawler: You said it, Cole! The Rock is in the building!
The Rock walks up the steps and climbs the turnbuckle and raises his arm high as he is welcomed by the UWF audience. He climbs into the ring and is handed a microphone. He walks around the ring waiting for the excitement to die down so he can speak.
Cole: What does he have to say?
Lawler: It doesn't matter. It's The Rock!
The Rock: FINALLY! The Rock HAS COME BACK.....To Baltimore!
The crowd pops loud as The Rock utters his first words in UWF. He then continues speaking.
The Rock: When Teddy Long first came to The Rock he said “Rock, playa playa we need you playa! The UWF needs someone to come in and shake things up! The UWF needs someone with your talent. The UWF needs someone of your caliber. Rock, the UWF needs to be electrified!â€
The crowd is still going crazy as The Rock goes on a diatribe.
The Rock: The Rock said to himself, “There's only one man who can captivate an audience and electrify like no other and that man is Justin Bieber!â€
The crowd laughs as Rock continues
The Rock: But, the more and more The Rock thought about it, the more and more he understood why Teddy Long turned to him. Besides the fact that Justin Bieber is a 12 year old prepubescent school girl, The Rock knew that the UWF needed The Rock.....but more importantly The Rock needed The People. The Rock needed to feel the love again. The Rock needed to whoop some monkey ass again. The Rock needed to hear The People chant his name again.....
The fans immediately begin to chant “ROCKY! ROCKY! ROCKY! ROCKY!†as The Rock smiles just a tad but stays in character.
The Rock: You see, The Rock takes a look around that locker room and The Rock wonders: Just who in the blue hell is Damien Sandow? The Rock sees you, walking around looking like you got in a fight with a John Deere tractor. Then you got another bearded chump like Daniel Bryan running around screaming “YES! YES! YES!†I bet if The Rock offered you some of The People's Strudel you'd say “OH YES! YES! YES!†But, the one that disappoints The Rock the most is seeing Stone Cold Steve Austin reduced to this. Since when did you transform from a venomous rattlesnake into a whiny little puppy dog bitch?
The crowd cheers loudly and there's even a slight “PUPPY DOG BITCH!†chant.
Cole: Harsh words!
Lawler: You have to agree though.
The Rock: The reason The Rock is back is because The Rock wanted to taste gold again. The Rock missed walking down to this ramp and putting Boots 2 Asses and laying the smackdown on jabroni's candy asses. The Rock says this: Sometime, somewhere, The Rock wants to be UWF Champion and IT DOESN'T MATTER if The Rock has to go through Stone Cold Steve Austin or anybody, The Rock is, was and has always been the Jabroni-beating, LALALALALALALALALOW! Pie-eating, Trail-blazing, Eyebrow-raising, Heart-stopping, Elbow-dropping People's Champ and THE MOST Electrifying Man in All of Entertainment. This is a statement to all of you jabroni's in the back: If you get in The Rock's way, The Rock will take his expensive boots, shine 'em up real nice, turn them sum bitches sideways and take turns shoving 'em straight up all your candy asses. Tonight is Starrcade and marks the return of The Great One and mark The Rock's words: The Rock is here to stay IF YA SMELLLLLLLLL-LALALALALALALALALALALOW! WHAT THE ROCK......IS COOKIN'!
The Rock climbs the turnbuckle and raises his arm as the crowd goes crazy.
Cole: The Rock coming to the UWF to make a large statement.
Lawler: One that he can certainly back up.
The Rock leaves the ring and goes to the back as the crowd goes nuts.
The UWF cameras go outside the arena where Bray Wyatt is standing by, Eli Cottonwood right behind him. He is preaching to the crowd.
Bray Wyatt: Let go!... let go of your lives, because you could be so much more without your lives, especially so if you choose to follow me. 'The Angel In The Dirt' Bray Wyatt!. For what I see right now is a cast of sinners!... I look at that young woman in the crowd, she is pregnant with a demon seed ladies and gentlemen... I look at the ring finger and my suspisions are true, pregnant outside of wedlock... well this whole crowd are judgin' you right now little lady... they're all watchin' you!... and I don't blame 'em one bit, because their minds, have been warped. Misled to believe that marriage is sacred... but girl... I'll have you know that marriage ain't sacred to Bray Wyatt... Bray Wyatt ain't judgin' you and your demon seed because it only becomes that 'demon' when it meets this outside world. This crater of unrighteousness... greed... lies and darkness... those same people who judge you for bein' a dirty little whore... well, they're the same one's who will ruin your life... ruin your son or daughters life... you'll both die alone in this world, because they turn their backs on you!. Bray Wyatt wouldn't turn his back on you. Bray Wyatt would make sure that you never see this cruel world again in the same light in which you do... naw, Bray Wyatt would make you see the world in the eyes of the beholder and the beholder is I... and you can see the world in my light if you just... join me.
The pregnant woman in the crowd turns her back on Bray Wyatt and runs away basically, the whole crowd looking at her as she passes by, Bray Wyatt chuckles, the crowd are booing Bray Wyatt.
Now, ya see, that's the problem with this world, is that it's full of problems!. And y'all don't know the solution... well children, I am the solution. And at the end of the world, when the trees are dyin', the flowers are wiltin' and the sun is fallin' down for one final time... I will stand and I will have my children under my wing and I will take them from this life into a new form of bein', man. I will take them and show them what they could be under Bray Wyatt. And as I look into this crowd tonight I can tell that this apocalypse is very near and that the time for the new beginnin', and brothers and sisters if you join me, you can fight this end. You can fight this end and begin the new life. Can I have a volunteer!?... you brother!, you come out here and I can save you.
A volunteer walks out from the crowd, an average man, with average hair, average clothes, average height and weight. He's wearing a T-Shirt with a pot leaf on it and appears to be drunk and high.
Now you son, look like the kinda guy who sits around his house, his abode, and does sweet nothin' all day long. Not a care in the world, you look like the kinda guy who cheers on his favourites and boos Bray Wyatt am I correct!?.
Average Guy: Hell Yeah!, WOOOOOOO!, USA!, USA!, USA!.
Bray Wyatt: Now son, remember what I said before?... well I'd imagine not, because you are exactly the kind of low-life, scum sucking no-good care-free kinda guy that makes this world untennable for the righteous, untennable for my children... for the future children, of Bray Wyatt. But who am I to judge, I mean, I'm just a little ol' white trash peon from Lafayette, Louisiana, who could I possibly judge!. Well I'll tell you somethin' Mister Carefree... when this world ends, and it is soon, you will die!. You'll burn like my daddy did, and you'll burn good, because the time for repentance is gone... you cannot go back on the sins of the past and you cannot solve your problems by prayin' because the divine bein' yer prayin' to stands right in front of ya son... I am the messiah... I see your every move and you ain't worth savin'. You ain't worth none of Bray Wyatt's time... but just to be the helpfull kinda guy that I am... the nice man that I am, I'm gonna beat the devil outta you right now.
Bray Wyatt catches the man off guard and starts pummeling him. The crowd start running in all directions, the armed police try to stop Bray Wyatt, the pull him off and he is very obedient, he gets off his victim shouting 'You can't be saved!, you're gonna burn!, the end is comin'!'. The policeman carts him off along with Cottonwood into the police van where they are driven away. We go back ringside.
The lights suddenly go out. The fans sit anxiously, asking the people next to them what is happening. The arena starts to flash gold and black lights everywhere, with some very known words inside the wrestling world ringing out over the PA system.
1,2, YOU HEAR THE CLOCK TICKING
TICK TOCK, YOUR ABOUT TO STOP LIVING,
TICK TOCK I WANT YOU TO REMEMBER ME,
TICK TOCK, BUT THE DAY DON'T HAVE NO MEMORY
I'M COMING.
[video=youtube;yy7fL2QVUGA]http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=yy7fL2QVUGA[/video]
The camera focuses on the stage where a big inflatable tunnel which can now be seen, presumably being inflated while the lights were flashing on and off. The crowd rise to their feet awaiting one certain special superstar as smoke starts to escape the tunnel. The crowd aren't waiting long as the figure of MVP bursts through the flaps. He stops dead, looking around the crowd who give him a mixed reaction. He smiles, even chuckling to himself as he lowers himself to the ground, touching the ground and mumbling to himself as he quickly jumps up, putting his arms out to his side in his signature pose, setting off the pyros behind him.
Roberts: The following match is scheduled for one fall, introducing first: From Miami, Florida Montel Vontavious Porter...M...V...P
MVP starts to slowly makes his way down to the ring, ignoring all the fans that is leaning over for high fives while he just holds up his '305' bling bling up to the camera, yelling 'Mr 305' towards the camera. He comes towards the bottom of the ramp, stopping for a second, taking out some gum he was chewing and throws it into the crowd before he takes a little run up and slides into the ring. He doesn't waste anytime getting to his feet, running towards the ropes, bouncing off and doing his signature dance and Ballin taunt at the end.
He holds the pose for a while, smiling cockily as he lowers his arms, pointing at his chest with the fans still giving him a mixed reaction. MVP leans back on the ropes waiting for his opponent.
Roberts: And his opponent....
*STATIC*…MISTERRRRRRRR…*STATIC*
[video=youtube;jXZ2qBAXJ6s]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jXZ2qBAXJ6s[/video]
Anderson’s music hits to a decent reception and he comes out onto stage, in ring gear, ready to send a message to the locker room. At the top of the ramp he calls for his microphone in typical fashion and the lights go down. A spotlight rests on him as he waits for a calm to come across the arena.
Anderson: Are the any assholes in the building?
Pop from the crowd.
From Green Bay, Wisconsin; Go Packers! I weigh in at a very lean, very mean, very ass kicking 243 pounds! And after tonight, you can all call me the Number One Contender to the UWF Championship!! My name…is MISTERRRRRRR
ANDERSONNNNNN! *pause* Anderson….
Anderson throws the mic in the sky where it retracts and he heads down to the ring, never taking his eye off his opponent. The fans pop as Anderson high steps into the ring before heading to a corner and posing for his loyal assholes. From there, he waits for the bell and match to start.
Anderson and MVP stare at each other as the bell rings. The two lock up and Anderson quickly takes MVP down with an arm drag. MVP quickly gets back to his feet and Anderson once again takes him to the mat with another arm drag. MVP rolls through and gets to his feet again, only to run into a back elbow from Anderson. MVP quickly falls to the mat and Anderson follows up by running off the ropes and dropping a leg across MVP’s throat. Anderson then goes for the first pinfall of the match…
1…
2…
MVP kicks out!
Anderson gets off MVP before stomping his chest and dropping a knee on the back of MVP’s head. Anderson then lifts MVP to his feet before placing him on the ropes. Anderson then grabs MVP by the arm before Irish whipping him. MVP reverses the whip though and Anderson bounces off the opposing ropes. When Anderson comes back to MVP, Porter lowers his shoulder and lifts Anderson off the mat before colliding him with the canvas with a ring shaking Samoan Drop. Anderson crashes rib first and MVP goes for a cover…
1…
2…
Anderson kicks out!
MVP quickly gets off Anderson before stomping on his face with his boot. MVP then drags Anderson to the nearest corner by his arm. MVP rests Anderson’s skull on the bottom turnbuckle pad. MVP creates some distance between Anderson and himself before charging back in and hitting a running big boot to the face of Anderson. Anderson’s body goes limp and MVP drags him out the corner and goes for the cover…
1…
2…
Anderson kicks out!
Cole: That kick nearly took Anderson’s head off.
MVP gets off Anderson and heads over to the turnbuckle. Where he climbs to the top. MVP waits for Anderson to get up and when Ken does, MVP jumps off, looking for a Double Axe Handle Smash. As MVP comes in though, Anderson is able to catch him by positioning his arm under his neck. Anderson then throws MVP overhead hitting a beautiful T-Bone Suplex. MVP soars across the ring and hits the mat hard and Anderson crawls to a cover…
1…
2…
MVP kicks out!
Anderson tells MVP to get to his feet. MVP does stagger up and Anderson hits him with a beautiful short arm clothesline. MVP hits the mat hard and gets to his feet before Anderson hits him with another. MVP staggers to his feet one more time before Anderson runs and hits him with a swinging neckbreaker. As the sequence finishes, MVP goes down and Anderson goes for another cover…
1…
2…
MVP kicks out!
Anderson then drags MVP into position before heading to the ring apron and climbing the top turnbuckle. Anderson doesn’t waste too much time before jumping off and font flipping…
King: Kenton Bomb!
Anderson goes for his trademark aerial maneuver, MVP is able to get his knees up and drive them into the back of Ken Anderson…
Cole: Brilliant counter!
MVP makes it to his feet as Anderson tries to get to his. MVP places his knee on the back of Anderson’s head and spins backwards to the mat, hitting the Overdrive maneuver known as the Playmaker. Anderson grabs his head as he hits the mat and MVP goes for the cover…
1…
Cole: Playmaker! It’s over!
2…
Anderson kicks out!
MVP slaps in mat in frustration. He positions himself behind Anderson and when Ken is trying to pull himself up, MVP wraps both arms around Anderson’s waist and lifts him off his feet, slamming him to the mat with a German Suplex. Anderson grabs his head in pain, but MVP doesn’t release his grip. Instead, he keeps his hands clasped together and brings both Anderson and himself to his feet. MVP then precedes to German Anderson one more time. This suplex has considerably more force than the previous and the look on Anderson’s face shows it. MVP once again refuses to break his grip and brings Anderson to his feet one more time. MVP then suplexes Anderson for a third time, completing the trifecta. Anderson’s skull once again crashes off the mat and MVP crawls to a cover…
1…
2…
Anderson kicks out!
MVP gets off Anderson as Ken desperately crawls to the corner, looking for something that will help him get to his feet. Ken pulls himself up in said corner, and MVP comes at him with another big boot, looking for the Drive By Kick…
King: MVP is looking to end Anderson!
As MVP comes in, Anderson is able to catch MVP’s boot, stopping his momentum. This gives Anderson the opportunity to clothesline MVP to the mat. As MVP goes down, Anderson goes for another cover…
1…
2…
MVP kicks out!
Anderson quickly rolls off MVP and heads back to the ring apron. He once again climbs to the top. This time it takes a little bit longer due to the damage he’s sustained. As Anderson reaches the top, MVP comes out of nowhere, leaping off the mat and grabbing Anderson by the back of the head, and taking him off the top rope with a leaping STO…
Cole: Play of the Day off the top!
MVP hits his finishing move off the top rope and the ring shakes on impact. The fans chant “Holy Shit†as both men hit the ring below and lie there. The referee checks on both men before beginning his ten count…
1…
2…
3…
4…
5…
MVP begins moving…
6…
7…
He crawls over to Anderson…
8…
MVP drapes an arm over Anderson…
1…
2…
Anderson rolls a shoulder!
Cole: He kicked out!
MVP can’t believe it, so he covers Anderson again…
1…
2…
Anderson kicks out again!
King: If that move couldn’t beat Anderson, maybe he can’t be beat tonight!
MVP gets back to his feet and lifts Anderson to his. MVP talks trash to a dazed Anderson before taking a step back and coming at Anderson again. MVP leaps one more time, grabbing Anderson by the head, looking for another Play of The Day, but this time, Anderson wraps his arms around MVP’s waist, preventing him going to the mat. Anderson then shifts his body weight, slingshotting MVP’s throat across the top rope. This move staggers MVP and allows Anderson to spin him around, throwing his arm under MVP’s shoulder and slamming him face first onto the mat…
Cole: Mic Check!
MVP’s body goes limp and Anderson rolls him over, looking for the win…
1…
2…
3…
Roberts: Here is your winner…
Anderson waves Justin Roberts off, telling him not to make the announcement. Anderson raises his arm in the air and his trademark Mic falls down from the rafters. He catches his breath before speaking into the microphone.
Anderson: Here is your winner and the next UWF Champion, the asshole from Green Bay; Mister….
The crowd chants Anderson…
Anderson: Mister….
The crowd chants Anderson again!
Anderson: Mister!!!!
The crowd chants Anderson for a third time!
Anderson: Anderson!!!!
Anderson throws his mic in the air as “Feedback†starts playing again. He smiles and leaves the ring, heading up the ramp, knowing that he has a Championship match in his back pocket. He soon disappears to the back and we go backstage for yet another promo.
The camera fades into to showing Dean Ambrose in the back jumping up and down, limbering up. Todd Grisham walks into the room.
Todd Grisham
Excuse me Dean?
Dean Ambrose
Well look whose back. Let me guess, you want to get my thoughts again now that we've learned what type of stipulations we have and you think I'm going to crack under pressure because it's getting just oh so close to my match with every impending second and Bryan probably sent you here to find out just how cool calm and collected I am but now he's realizing that I'm so ready to beat his ass and he's getting scared because I'm going to make him tap out and knock him out and just climb a ladder for the hell of it.
Dean takes a big breath after completing that long run on sentence before Todd begins to speak again.
Well at the end of Smackdown three nights ago, we saw you and Daniel Bryan get into a big brawl that ended up with you laid out underneath a la-
Look Todd, I know I may scare you a bit. Hell I scare myself sometimes, and I know you hate asking me questions because you've seen what I've done to past interviewers. Sorry Todd, I'm not a mean person, I just can't connect with everyone like I did with Briley but it's not your fault. Now to answer your question, wait did you even ask a question? Anyways, yes I was laid out by a ladder but you wanna know why I didn't get up? I'm conserving my strength for tonight. I don't want him to have any sort of excuses for when I physically and more importantly, mentally destroy him in that ring tonight.
Ya' know, I may not be good at submission style wrestling but I do know how to break someone’s bones and that's really all your trying to do when you lock a submission on someone so that should be pretty easy. The second match is a Hardcore match. 'Nuff said but I do like the idea of a ladder match. I think I may beat him down, throw his arm over me and get a fall just to further humiliate him by winning the ladder match. I'm not quite sure yet but we'll see. Tonight Daniel Bryan's story comes to an end. Tonight a chapter of my story ends. Tonight people will witness the most brutal match in the history of UWF and they will love it. A king has to put on a show in his arena and tonight not only the fans but the gladiators are in for one hell of a show.
Dean Ambrose smiles before he walks away leaving the locker room.
We then head back to the ring.
We cut back to the PPV as the PPV's theme is played for a few seconds. JR suddenly gets out of his commentary position, and enters the ring to a huge pop. The PPV music fades and he begins to speak.
JR: Ladies and gentleman, I know this is a little impromptu, but seeing as he demanded Pay Per View time, please welcome my guest at this time....
I come from Money....
JR: Ted DiBiase Jr!
I come from money hits the PA system and Ted DiBiase Jr comes out from the back with a cocky grin on his face. He gets a mixed reaction from the fans as he walks down the ramp, blowing off their attempts to give him. Ted flexes his muscles at the bottom of the ramp before grabbing a mic off one of the ringside crew and climbing the steps to the ring to enter it
Once in the ring DiBiase points to himself in a cocky manner before looking into JR's eyes.
JR: Ted since coming to Smackdown you've been on what people would call a roll and yet you aren't even on the card tonight, I wonder how does that make you feel?
Ted looks annoyed with the question, clearly offended and slightly pissed off considering he should of been on the card. He gets closer to JR before speaking.
Ted DiBiase Jr: How does it make me feel? Are you stupid JR? What kind of a question is that? Anyone who has an IQ above seventy should be able to figure that one out... I'm pissed off, I should be on that card main eventing Smackdown. It sickens me that two indy schmucks in Dean Ambrose and Daniel Bryan got the first shot at Smackdown's World Championship, when they'd done nothing but fight over a worthless Hardcore Title... I'm seriously beginning to think that the management on Smackdown is inept as the one on RAW, surely anyone in the right mind would book a number one contenders match!
JR keeps himself composed, but DiBiase looks agitated, it's clear he's pissed that he hasn't got a match.
JR: I'm sorry you feel that way, but there are some people in the back who say you haven't quite paid your dues yet. Now after your victory over Sting last Friday I'm beginning to believe in Ted Dibiase Jr. But I have to ask what do you say to those naysayers who say you just don't have it.
Ted begins to pace the ring, this question has really rattled his cage, and he's starting to lose his temper.
Ted DiBiase Jr: Let me ask you something Jim, have these naysayers done anything of note, to make you or I stand up and give them credit?!.. Ha, I don't even know why I asked that, because clearly the answer is no! The majority of these naysayers are the petty little fans, that have little or no money to their names, but spend what they do have on Wrestling events. These people have no business saying that I don't have it, it's clear I have it, just ask the legendary Sting, who I embarrassed this past Sunday. Tell me, what do these naysayers do, apart from feed yet more money to my already loaded bank account? They sit on their asses and live off government benefits, and they have the audacity to say I don't HAVE IT?!
The fans boo, but for once DiBiase looks pleased as he's got to the fans, which he always enjoys doing, however his smile doesn't last as JR continues to question him.
JR: Well Ted I have in my hand here a message to you from one of those naysayers. I quote, "Ted, I watched your father in the ring and so far nothing you have done yet has impressed me to this point in time. Until you win Gold here in UWF you will be just like your father, worthless." With that said Ted, how do you feel being constantly compared to your father, and do you think the World Championship can really be yours?
Ted shakes his head, as it's obvious he thinks the World Championship can be his.
Ted DiBiase Jr: Let me guess JR, that message was sent by a bitter Sting, who's still recovering in Hospital after the beating I gave him? I'll be honest JR, the comparisons to my fat bastard of a father sicken me to the core, seriously, when will people stop talking about my father, and talk about me! I'm the one who is Wrestling, not him, I'm also the one making the headlines in this company, whilst he's sat at home polishing his piece of crap Million Dollar belt. That's the thing JR, although I may of not impressed certain people to this point, I haven't resorted to creating my own belt or hired people to do the dirty work for me, I've not won gold yet, but I've still won important matches, all by myself... Of course I think the World Championship could be mine JR, I'm the classiest man in this company, and I want to make sure the class of the title is restored, so I plan to take it away from whichever indy bum holds it first, as soon as I can. In fact JR, I don't think the Championship can be mine, I KNOW the Championship WILL be mine, and it's only a matter of time before it's a formality!
JR: Ted I have one final question and before I do I wish you good luck in achieving those goals. My final question is this, there are alot of people backstage who say they can take you down and would love an opportunity to do it. What do you have to say about these people and why it would be a bad idea to pick a fight with you.
Ted looks tired of the questions, it's clear JR has asked the important questions and is clutching at straws now. However Ted, being the classy man that he is answers anyway.
Ted DiBiase Jr: Interesting question JR, you certainly saved the best till last. It's clear these people a jealous of me, I mean, who wouldn't want my wealth and class? The only issue is, these people will never BE ME! I'm far superior to anyone in this company, and that's blatantly obvious by the fact that a LOT, not just a few, a LOT of people want to face me because they want what I've got. Well, to all these people that want what I've got, I'm sorry but that's never going to happen in my life time... The reason it would be a bad idea to pick a fight with me is simple, I dominated my first opponent on Smackdown, Zack Ryder, before beating a legend of this business, Sting. Not many people can say they beat Sting, and I'm certain that if I can beat him, I can beat anyone that tries to stop me from getting to the top. The only thing I have to say to these people JR, is bring it on, and good luck!
JR: Thanks for your time Ted, I appreciate it.
Although Ted was pissed off with JR's questions, he shakes his hand out of respect, before JR leaves the ring. The crowd boo as DiBiase raises his hand in the air and his theme begins to play. While DiBiase begins to leave the ring, he suddenly freezes to the spot as an infamous theme can now be heard...
[video=youtube;hezg-gKEDPY]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hezg-gKEDPY[/video]
"It's Time To Play The Game" by Motorhead can be heard bellowing out of the arena's PA system, immediately signalling for the crowd to burst into cheers for the arrival of The Game, Triple H. The excitement in the arena is evident as everybody wants a glimpse of The King of Kings, and sure enough they get just that. The man of the moment emerges from the back with his hair tied back, looking sharp in his suit, and brooding with self-confidence. Triple H steps out to the top of the stage, already with a microphone in hand, while he scans the arena and soaks in the amazing atmosphere that Starrcade is presenting. His theme dies down, as do the crowd, so Triple H raises the microphone to his mouth and addresses Ted DiBiase.
Triple H: Ted, before you leave that ring, I thought I'd just come out here to address a couple of things before we move on to our next match, so just hold on for a moment.
DiBiase rolls his eyes and really doesn't care what Triple H has to say, but he opts to stay anyway.
Triple H: On behalf of UWF management, as the COO of the company, I'd just like to begin by thanking the UWF Universe for coming out tonight to witness the first ever Starrcade pay-per-view, as well as the first ever pay-per-view that sees the coming together of both Tuesday Night Raw and Friday Night Smackdown since the brand extension. It's an encouraging time in this company's history, and the future is looking bright... but that's where the positive news ends. What I have to say next is actually an announcement that concerns Smackdown in the long run, but in the short term it concerns you most of all, Ted.
DiBiase hears his name, turns his head and now begins to listen to Triple H.
Triple H: I was standing backstage, as I usually do as the COO of the company, and I couldn't help but overhear all the commotion going on in the ring. What I mean by commotion is all this whinging, whining and complaining coming from you, Ted, so I'm going to address that right now. See you may feel as if you deserve to be the World Heavyweight Champion over Daniel Bryan and Dean Ambrose, but from what I've seen these past few months, I'd say you're just trying to bite off more than you can chew, something you've actually done for your entire career so far. Now I wasn't behind the bold decision to vacate Daniel Bryan of the Hardcore Championship and elevate his match against Ambrose to competing for Smackdown's equivalent of the UWF Championship, in fact that was all Desmond Wolfe, but after what I've seen and heard from those two men, it's a decision that has my full backing and I look forward to their two out of three falls match later this evening.
The crowd pop for the mention of the trilogy in the Bryan/Ambrose saga.
Triple H: So Ted, I don't mind you saying what you said about Daniel Bryan and Dean Ambrose, but not only have you decided to disrespect your General Manager, but in doing so you've disrespected the Chief Operating Officer of this company too. Sadly it didn't end there, both Desmond and I aren't the only men you disrespected with your tirade, and it came as a real shock to me to hear what you had to say about your Father, the Million Dollar man, and a man who has done more in this business than you're on track to ever accomplish. See I respect your Father, Ted, because he was a man that helped put professional wrestling on the map, paving the way for you to even just chip away at the stone, let alone place one damn foot in that ring. So what I've done, Ted, and this is something that has been approved by your General Manager, is find you an opponent... but it's not for tonight.
DiBiase is less than impressed and begins to yell at Triple H, but Triple H hasn't quite finished yet.
Triple H: Ted, What you're going to do for the rest of the pay-per-view is leave that ring, head to the back, pack your bags, go home, and show up in two weeks on Smackdown and be ready to compete. Now as for who your opponent is? Well, let's just introduce him right now, shall we?
Triple H turns and motions to the titantron as DiBiase is eager to see who he's getting his hands on Smackdown. The crowd are all anxious to find out who's coming up against DiBiase too, but unfortunately for them nobody comes out from the back. DiBiase begins to laugh; loving the fact his opponent didn't have the guts to come out from the back. Triple H turns back around, looking visibly embarrassed.
Triple H: I'm really sorry about that, Ted, I've made a little mistake by introducing your opponent in that fashion. See Ted, your opponent for Smackdown is actually already out here. He's looking you dead in the eyes right now.
Triple H's arm falls to his side as he stares straight at DiBiase, who is rooted to the spot as he's put the pieces together. A lot of the crowd have too, but for those who haven't, Triple H helps them figure it out.
Triple H: Your opponent in two weeks... IS ME!
Huge cheers engulf the arena for the in-ring return of The Cerebral Assassin, The Game, The King of Kings, as Triple H stands at the top of the ramp eyeing off DiBiase. Triple H then throws his arms back, initiating his signature pose, while he roars at the top of his voice, completely pumped up for the announcement.
He then throws the microphone towards a technician and makes his way to the back, while DiBiase is shown in a less than pleasant mood. Starrcade then heads to a backstage.
We open on UWF Backstage announcer Todd Grisham as he spots “The American Dragon†Daniel Bryan warming up before his World Heavyweight Championship match against Dean Ambrose. Todd approaches Daniel and Daniel gives him the most annoyed look possible.
Todd Grisham: Excuse me, Daniel, but I was wondering if we could get your thoughts going in to this World Heavyweight Championship match.
Daniel Bryan: My thoughts, Todd? Have you been listening to what I've been saying since the beginning? In case you haven't, Todd, let me reiterate one last time: I am The Best Wrestler In The World and I deserve to be World Heavyweight Champion. I was stripped of the Hardcore Title. I never lost it, I want that to be absolutely crystal clear. Dean Ambrose has been a thorn in my side for months here in UWF. I can't stand him. The thought of him makes me sick. How fitting, Dean, that our match tonight is the sickest 2 out of 3 falls match in history. First fall: Submission. Second fall: Hardcore. Third fall: Ladder. It doesn't get any more deadlier than that.
Todd Grisham: What do you have to say to all of your nay sayers here tonight?
Daniel Bryan: I would only have this to say: Watch what happens. Watch what happens to Dean Ambrose in that ring. Watch what I do to him. I've been dealing with the nay sayers my entire career. “Oh, you'll never make it. You're too small, you lack that 'IT' factorâ€. Just look at where I am now. I am The Best Wrestler In The World and I am 2 falls away from being World Heavyweight Champion. It's a simple as the cold hard facts. I have Dean's number.
Todd Grisham: But, Daniel, you've only beaten him once.
Daniel Bryan: Yes, but that gave me the insight to know exactly what he's like in the ring. Tonight I'm going to know exactly what Dean is going to do before Dean does. You see, that's what a student of the art does: He memorizes, he studies, he watches. Dean has nothing better to do than be his own hype machine and pander to these people meanwhile a true winner like myself is watching videotapes and preparing for our match.
Todd Grisham: Do you have any last words for Den Ambrose before your match?
Daniel Bryan: Yes I do, in fact. Dean, listen up and listen close: Tonight is going to be the tie-breaker. We both are 1-1. By God as my witness I swear this to you: I WILL beat you to within an inch of your life and I WILL humiliate you and expose you for the cowardly fraud that you truly are but, most importantly, I WILL become the new World Heavyweight Champion and there isn't a damn thing you can say or do about it because when Daniel Bryan is involved, I do what I want.....when I want....
Daniel hauls off and slaps the taste right out of Todd's mouth. Todd falls to the ground as Bryan laughs at his actions and heads towards the ring
Lawler: What a disgusting excuse for a man!
Cole: I thought it was pretty funny.
Lawler: You would, Cole!
The fans have been having a wild night live at UWF Starrcade and now it's time for the biggest segment of the night possibly so far as Raw General Manager Theodore Long's theme hits the Public Announcement system which sends the fans into the ruckus because they know what's coming next.
[video=youtube;ISEtVa3Sjrk]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ISEtVa3Sjrk[/video]
The theme music of Raw's General Manager; Theodore Long interrupts Michael Cole. Long comes out onto the stage to a huge pop from the fans. Long proceeds to do his trademark "Thuggin' and Buggin'" dance to the delight of the people. In his hand is a clipboard with what seemingly is the UWF Contract for Robert Roode, Theodore Long climbs into the ring with a real smug look on his face as he clambers into the ring, he walks past the table in the middle of the ring as he takes a microphone, with a cock sure look on his face, Teddy Long speaks up.
Theodore Long: Holla Holla playahs! What a fantastic show we've had tonight so far and my god it's just about to get a whole lot better because I can now officially confirm, The National Wrestling Alliance World Heavyweight Champion, Robert Roode is here in person and he is going to sign a lucrative contract with UWF! Particularly UWF Raw, that's right, we're performing history right here folks! Robert Roode is leaving the Independent Circuit once more to join UWF and bringing the belt with him!
The 95% of the fans give a massive roar cheers, the really upstuck up Independent marks in the crowd boo the shit out of the idea of their beloved champion turning to the dark side, nevertheless Theodore Long clears his throat as he continues.
Theodore Long: So without further ado, I am pleased to welcome, The...
Before Theodore Long can finish, he is cut off by the speakers blaring out two words the crowd hates hearing.
Whoa Oh
[video=youtube;QEZP_bArtRI]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QEZP_bArtRI[/video]
The fans begin to boo wildly as Rhodes appears on stage with the hood of his jacket over his head, before he shows off the United States championship around his waist. He begins to make his way down to the ring, tugging on the hood of his jacket slightly. The crowd boos the man who seemingly interrupts whenever he feels like it, especially after awaiting the arrival of the newest superstar. Rhodes walks up the steel steps wiping his feet on the ring apron and stepping into the ring, but before he can even say anything Teddy quickly speaks up.
Theodore Long: Just hold up a minute there, playa! What make you think you come just come out here willy nilly and get away from it? This is revolutionary moment in UWF history, a turning point in this company and you just come out here like you own the place!
Cody Rhodes glares at Theodore Long, his eyes with visible disgust even under his cowl. He lifts up the microphone speaking out with a low toned voice.
Cody Rhodes: Like I own the place? Teddy Teddy Teddy you still haven’t learned what I’ve been trying to teach you. See Mr. Theodore Long if you want to hire someone you have to go through management, if you want to fire someone sure you can say you’re fired but you also have to go through mountains of paperwork. However if Cody Rhodes does not like someone, I get rid of them permanently here in UWF. I’ve been leaving people laying on this mat from General Managers, to Owners, to champions, to hall of famers before my fellow new world order cohorts even knew they had a contract here.
The fans begin to boo loudly, as Rhodes takes the hood off his head and turns slightly towards the people with a look of disgust on his face
Cody Rhodes : You all can quiet down, because no matter how much you hate it every single thing I say is fact. Actually that is the entire reason you hate it, because unlike all of you I can actually back up what I say, that said I am here to address something very important. Teddy you’ve put so much hype behind this man, you’ve made video packages you’ve come out here personally just to sign the deal, you actually think this man is going to be something. What you’ve failed to realize is there is a reason this man was in the “independent†circuit, the NWA World Champion that means he is the greatest minor leaguer there is. You’ve put so much into this…Bobby Roode, that you’ve overlooked just as you have always had a tendency to do, your most important superstar. I am the United States champion, I have defeated Stone Cold Steve Austin, Antonio Cesaro, Daniel Bryan, in fact I beat Wade Barrett and Dean Ambrose to become the first UWF World champion in a battle royal. I am the single greatest champion in UWF today, and yet I am not on the card only because I broke down the machine known as Brock Lesnar a little too early.
As the crowd boos once more Rhodes simply talks over them
Cody Rhodes: All of you including Teddy should be paying attention to a far greater champion than Roode, the spotlight should be on me. Bobby Roode is nothing more than a second rate, false champion, who has no business on my show or in my company. So as far as I’m concerned, he can take his so called it factor, and the NWA quote unquote “World†Championship and-
I'M OFF CHAINNNNN!
TIME TO GO AGAINST THE GRAINNNNN!
[video=youtube;BF_FD89i2M4]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BF_FD89i2M4[/video]
The fans suddenly erupt as Cody Rhodes rant is interrupted by the entrance theme of Robert Roode, everyone in attendance leaps to their feet, cheering wildly as Cody Rhodes snarls as Robert Roode emerges from the backstage area with the National Wrestling Alliance World Heavyweight Championship over his shoulder and sporting a suit, he stares down the United States champion
The fans are going nuts as Robert Roode makes his way down the entrance ramp, Theodore Long isn't looking too impressed by the contract signing becoming a disaster because of his new crazed U.S Champion, never the less Robert Roode shows no fear as he walks up the ring steps, constantly staring down with Rhodes, Roode finally climbs into the ring as he is handed a microphone by a ring technician; Roode goes to speak.
Robert Roode: Firstly Cody, it's not Bobby Roode... It's Robert Roode or just for you, The NWA WORLD HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPION! And, quite frankly Cody, your incohorent rambling, attempting to gate crash my revolutionary contract signing has just fallen short the mark, but then again, you always fall short of the mark, you always bottle it, just like your father, you are nothing more than a relevant footnote in your companies history! Clinching to hope people will remember your short World Heavyweight and UCW Championship reigning but that is it, nothing more than short reigns. Where as I am the NWA World Heavyweight Champion and I have been THE Champion to beat since I left UWF back in March, my first match for the National Wrestling Alliance, I became the man! I became a champion, no THE CHAMPION, I became the leader of a new generation, the Selfish Generation, a Generation which is led by me and is bathed in glory, but then their is you... A disappointment to everything I stand for.
Rhodes looks as if he's about to crack, but he pauses turning his head and looking at the audience once more, before he reaches back and flips the hood back on his head. Seemingly getting to him however once he does you see him chuckle slightly before lifting his microphone
Cody Rhodes: Isn't that adorable, you think you're a champion. I wanted to give a visual aid to the homely looking people watching, you see the different between you and I Roode is very simple. Teddy here, and all those in charge in the back...they took Everything from me. UCW Championship I lost it in such an abysmal way, UWF Title after it was pried from my grasp after having match after match while injured. Both those titles I never got a rematch for, hell when I came back to UWF the likes of Wade Barrett, CM Punk, and Randy Orton were given a world title shot. All men I've beaten just as those in the world title picture since. Dashing Cody Rhodes did everything right down the middle, beating them all and I was given nothing in fact everything I had was taken from me. Oh but you...
Rhodes motions towards Roode gesturing to him up and down
Cody Rhodes:You've been handed everything by those same people, they all want you to succeed because they, like you, think you have it. This mask and cowl over my once dashing face, it may hide me away but my vision has only become clearer because of it, and I see you for what you truly are. Someone who just isn’t there, sure you have the look, the suits, the hype, but once you’re in the ring you just didn't cut it. The reason you left is because you couldn't make it and so you went somewhere else became their top guy and decide to come back to the big leagues and try and show off your new flashy championship. I get held down, but they raise you up as high as they can yet you always fall on your face. They like you, They hate me, You barely escape this ring, I rule over this ring. And that title on your shoulder it may impress the likes of Teddy Long and these disgusting looking people. But you are not THE champion, no when I become champion I become THE champion because I will have beaten them all to get there. Teddy will throw everything at me to try and slow me down but because of my god given ability to excel in this ring I always come out with my hand raised. That’s why the United States champion has victories over every Champion and every title contender in UWF today, which is why I am the single greatest United States Champion in History.
The crowd boos in disapproval as Rhodes looks towards Teddy Long, he walks over to him and takes the clipboard from his hand.
Cody Rhodes:Right now I’m giving you an out, You can leave, take your “world†title and keep beating the scrubs, and hell maybe these people will start thinking you are the best in that situation. Or would you rather come into UWF and learn that people who are supposed to make it never do while Cody Rhodes is around. If you sign this I’m not saying we’re going to have a match, I’m not challenging you to anything in fact whether you sign this or not I’d rather not see you again. But Drew McIntyre had it, he was The Chosen One and now he’s nowhere to be found. Brock Lesnar he was the Unstoppable Force and the Immovable Object in one machine, now he’s in a hospital hoping no one remembers Cody Rhodes humbled him. People who are supposed to be “It†never make it when I have something to say about it. Whether Teddy, they in the back, the rest of the roster, the fans, hell even those in the nWo Like it or not it really is irrelevant. I am what I said I was going to be when I was dashing, The man. The difference is now I don’t care about looking good, I just care about making others…disfigured. So make a choice Champ
Rhodes extends the clipboard out, snarling as the crowd show their hatred for him. Teddy seems to be steaming that Cody is ruining his signing by making it about him but before Theodore Long can say something, Robert Roode responds back.
Robert Roode: Cody, Cody, Cody, will you please shut the hell up! I am sick and tired of the New World Order believing they are gods-gift to Ultimate Wrestling Federation, that they are 'revolutionary' and I cannot believe that you genuinely believe you are owed anything! Cody, you lost those championship because you weren't simply made for it, you were a cut below the rest, a nobody, you cling to that UWF United States Championship like it's a World Heavyweight Championship but in reality, you have only held that United States Championship for little over a week and you're already proclaiming you are the greatest, if you ever get the guts to put that belt on the line against me, then we'll see if you are truly a champion.
Cody Rhodes snarls as he stares at Robert Roode, Roode looking incredibly smug and up himself continues.
Robert Roode: But that will never happen, will it Cody? Because without that the United States Championship, you would be NOTHING and I mean nothing, you aren't a revolutionary, you're a follower, a tag along, a man that hitches a ride with whoever is on fire and whoever you can look great with but that is laughable considering your current group is nothing more than a rehash of a group which hasn't been relevant in over ten years; that mask and cowl you wear, isn't because of the reasons you stated, you wear that mask to hide your own shame, the shame of the fact, you could never amount to the same level as your father; you walk in his shadows every day, you envy the fact, the it factor of professional wrestling holds the same belt your father once did and that eats you alive.
Roode chuckles as he finishes off his response to Cody Rhodes, the fans are fully behind him right now.
Robert Roode: Mark my words, Cody, soon us two will meet again and Cody, you will learn that it's Pays to be Roode.
Rhodes looks around as the crowd pops for Roodes signature phrase, Rhodes takes his hood off and snarls as he takes a step forward but Roode keeps staring right through him. Cody seems to think about it, and as both men stare each other down Rhodes starts to walk around the ring. Robert Roode moves himself not letting Rhodes out of his sight as they switch places in the ring, Rhodes lifts up his microphone once he's in the spot Roode was
Cody Rhodes: Well Mr. Roode, you can think what you'd like. I don't envy anyone, that title on your shoulder it represents the highest peak of my fathers career. But I have proven myself greater than he ever was, I don't look at my fathers accomplishments and try to follow suit he won his only U.S Title at Starrcade, I was awarded mine before we even had a Starrcade. This title around my waist represents the future of this company and I will be taking that in my hands and doing with it what I'd like...
Rhodes tilts his head as he looks at Roode whose expression doesn't seem to change, almost looking for an excuse from Rhodes to shut him up. Rhodes nods his head as he looks over at Long
Cody Rhodes: And as much as I would love to ruin your night, by showing you just how high on the food chain Robert Roode stands. In fact I would even go so far as to put my U.S Title on the line against him since you seem so eager to make a name for yourself here...
The crowd pops at the thought, as Rhodes turns his head with a look of disgust towards the crowd waiting for them to quiet down before he continues
Cody Rhodes: However...I've already put my championship on the line tonight, and since I've competed I don't feel it necessary to keep wasting my time out here with the likes of you. Just keep in mind that I tried to give you a fair warning, don't blame me when you find out UWF isn't about dreams anymore...quite the opposite with me around as those who have faced me can attest to...
Rhodes takes a step forward but Roode does the same waiting for Rhodes to make any sort of move, Rhodes notices this and moves his hand behind him gripping the top rope
Cody Rhodes: Cody Rhodes 6:25
Rhodes takes a step back and steps out of the ring, hopping to the outside as the crowd boos thinking they were going to see a confrontation. Rhodes looks around with a snarl, he flips his hood back on and turns his head around towards the stage as he takes his leave, leaving Roode in the ring
UWF Starrcade goes backstage, to Desmond Wolfe's office, he has a teapot on his dress with a piking hot mug of tea to his write, seemingly writing his Pay Per View pay slips as Batista bursts into his office, wearing a suit, Batista begins to make demands to Desmond Wolfe.
Batista: Oi, Desmond! Did you see me prove another point, dominating Rob and putting him out of his misery with that Spinebuster onto the Steel Steps?
Desmond Wolfe looks at Batista, Wolfe leans back on his chair before putting his feet on the desk, taking a sip of his tea, Wolfe clears his throat and prepares a response.
Desmond Wolfe: Yeah I did wanker, but gives ya the right to storm into me office? This ain't a revolving door office, sunshine! When the guv'nor is signing the payslips, noone can enter, ya hear? However, I like yer style Batista, you ain't taking no shit on Smackdown and you have impressed me to no end and I think it's time you got ya just deserts, so this is what I'm gonna give ya, I've been planning this for weeks; at the Great American Bash, ya will be one of the four challengers for the World Heavyweight Championship in a scramble match, ya hear me? Congratulations, wanker, now get out.
Batista growls back at Desmond Wolfe and begins to leave, as he goes to shut the door behind him, Batista has the final word for Desmond Wolfe.
Batista: Don't you ever call me a wanker again, or else!
Batista slams the door behind him as Desmond Wolfe chuckles to himself and shakes his head.
Desmond Wolfe: what an absolute tosspot.
Cole: Ladies and Gentlemen, now it's time for Raw's main event of the evening. Stone Cold Steve Austin defends his UWF Championship aganist Wade Barrett!
Roberts: The following match is scheduled for one fall and is for the UWF Championship!
I DON'T CARE WHAT YOU THINK OF ME!
[video=youtube;eNdHj8KbTPI]http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=eNdHj8KbTPI[/video]
The crowd let out a sigh of disappointment, barring a selection of fans that have taking a liking to the former Undisputed champion, as Wade Barrett walks out from the back and smirks at the UWF Universe at the top of the ramp, before forcing the jacket off his back and punching the air. a confident smirk fills his face as he makes his way down to the ring ready for to try and get a shot at his former championship.
Roberts: Introdcing first, From Manchester, England. Weighing in at 250 pounds, Wade Barrett!
Wades enters the ring via the steps on the far side. He waits inside the ring for his entrance theme to be cut and then he waits a further few moments more, affirming his importance, before lifting his hands up with a finger pointing up from each hand.
Justin Roberts: The following contest is scheduled for one fall! Introducing first...
[video=youtube;tgaQHHJMDtA]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tgaQHHJMDtA[/video]
"Badass" by Saliva begins to play over the PA system, sending the fans in attendance into an uproar as they give the Texas Rattlesnake a negative reaction. As they voice their disdain, through the curtain he walks, with his championship belt in tow.
Justin Roberts:And his opponent, from Victoria, Texas, weighing in at 252 pounds, He is the reigning and defending UWF Champion, Stone Cold Steve Ausssstiiiiiinnnnnn!
Austin makes his way down the ramp quickly, eyeing the ring with a purpose, as he arrives at the steel steps and walks up them, then turning and walking along the apron before stepping through the ropes. Austin raises his championship over his head, inspiring more booing from the crowd, as he lowers it and throws it over his shoulder as he waits for the bell.
The bell rings and the UWF Championship match is underway. Barrett and Austin waste no time, both men throwing fists at one another. Barrett throws a left, and Austin responds with a right. Barrett throws another left, Austin throws another right. Barrett throws one more left, but Austin quickly ducks it. Barrett spins around and Austin quickly grabs him by the arm and throws him to the ropes. Barrett bounces off and Austin goes for a clothesline, only to have Barrett duck under and Barrett continues running, hitting the ropes and coming back at Austin who in turn leaves and feet and lands on Barrett with a Lou Thesz press.
Cole: Both men coming out early!
King: This is for the most prestigious Championship in our sport Cole. There’s no half assing it!
Austin throws a few punches to Barrett’s face before getting off of the Challenger and bouncing off the ropes before dropping an elbow across Wade’s forehead. Austin then quickly goes for a cover on his opponent…
1…
2…
Barrett kicks out!
Austin wastes no time stomping a mudhole on Barrett before picking him to his feet and throwing him to the nearest corner. Austin soon follows up with an Avalanche splash into the corner, which drives all the air out of Barrett’s lungs. Barrett falls to the mat, trying to catch his breath, but Austin doesn’t let up. Austin begins putting the boots back to Barrett before giving him the finger and driving a boot to the side of the temple. Barrett goes limp as Austin drags him out the corner and goes for a cover…
1…
2…
Barrett kicks out!
King: Wade Barrett hasn’t been on his game as of yet!
Austin quickly gets off Barrett before heading to the turnbuckle and ascending to the second one. Austin waits for Barrett to get to his feet before giving him the finger and jumping off, looking for a Double Axe Handle, but Barrett catches him with a forearm to the midsection. This stops Austin’s momentum and doubles him over and Barrett responds with a big boot to Austin’s face. Austin goes down and grabs his mouth before Barrett goes for a cover…
1…
2…
Austin kicks out!
Barrett wastes no time lifting Austin off the mat before wrapping his arms around Austin’s waist and bringing his back down onto his knee with a vicious side breaker. Austin grabs his back in pain as Barrett goes for another cover…
1…
2…
Austin rolls a shoulder!
Barrett continues to stay on the offensive. He rolls Austin onto his stomach before driving his knee into Austin’s spine. Austin yells in pain as Barrett repeats the process, bringing all of his body weight down on Austin’s back. Barrett lifts Austin off the mat, before quickly throwing him back first into the corner. Austin’s spine crashes hard on the turnbuckle and the recoil forces him to stumble out of it and into the waiting arms of Wade Barrett who once again lifts Austin off the and slams him down with a Sidewalk Slam. Barrett then proceeds to hook Austin’s near leg and covers the Champion…
1…
2…
Austin kicks out!
Cole: Barrett has turned it around.
After Austin kicks out, Barrett gets off him and creates some distance. He waits for Austin to pull himself to his feet and when the Champion does, Barrett comes at him with a clothesline. Austin ducks under though, and surprises the challenger by spinning him around and lifting him up and slamming on the canvas with a Double A-like Spinebuster. Barrett’s neck and head slam hard on the canvas as Austin goes for another cover…
1…
2…
King: What a move by the UWF Champion!
Barrett kicks out!
Austin gets to his feet and shakes off the cobwebs he’s got from the beating he’s taken so far. He soon turns his attention back to the challenger, who is beginning to get to his feet. Austin goes behind the challenger and locks in the Cobra Clutch submission known as The Million Dollar Dream…
Cole: The Million Dollar Dream! Austin’s brought this move back to relevance in the past few weeks.
Austin has his former manager’s submission locked in tightly and Barrett struggles to stay alive. He heads towards the nearest turnbuckle in an attempt to grab the ropes. Austin applies more pressure though and Barrett starts to fade. His movements get slower and slower and eventually Barrett stops moving all together. The referee notices this and checks on the challenger. He lifts his arm once and it falls…
King: Barrett may be out!
The referee lifts Barrett’s arm a second time and once again it falls.
Cole: One more time and Austin will retain his Championship!
The referee lifts Barrett’s arm once more, but this time it does not fall. There is still life in the challenger. Barrett knows he needs to escape this situation though. He starts moving back towards the ropes again, and reaches out, but he cannot make it.
King: He’s too far!
Barrett realizes that he can’t make it, so he comes up with an alternate solution. He uses his long legs and places them on the middle turnbuckle pad and pushes himself off and falls backwards onto his back and pinning Austin in the process…
1…
2…
Austin breaks the hold, kicking out in the process!
Cole: Ingenious counter by the challenger.
Austin gets to his feet as Barrett shakes off the effects of the submission. Austin looks to go back to the well, trying to apply to the submission again. Barrett has it somewhat scouted this time and as Austin wraps his arms around Barrett’s neck, Wade reaches around and throws Austin over his shoulder with a modified hip toss. Austin rolls through, avoiding all damage and immediately gets to his feet. He charges right at Barrett, who is ready for him and catches him with a spinning Black Hole Slam…
Cole: Winds of Change!
Austin hits the mat hard and grabs his spine that Barrett was working on earlier and the challenger goes for another cover…
1…
2…
Austin kicks out!
Austin rolls over to the ring apron and the challenger goes right after him. Austin stands up on the apron and Barrett grabs Austin’s arm before throwing it over his shoulder and suplexing him back into the ring. Once again, Austin grabs his spine in pain as Barrett falls onto him for a cover…
1…
2…
Austin kicks out!
Cole: Barrett is doing a good job working over Austin’s back.
Barrett looks out into the sea of people, who all boo him. Barrett smiles a sly smile, knowing that he has Austin right where he wants him. Barrett lifts the Champion off the mat before lifting him onto his shoulders…
King: It could be time for the Barrett Barrage to start again!
Barrett appears ready to deliver Wasteland. Austin throws a few elbows to the side of Barrett’s skull, which causes the Challenger to drop the Champion. Austin lands on his feet behind Barrett before the Champion spins him around and kicks him in the gut, doubling Barrett over before Austin grabs his head and drops him with a Stunner!
Cole: Stone Cold Stunner!!
Barrett flops to the mat and Austin crawls for his cover, grabbing his back in pain…
1…
2…
Cole: Austin’s going to retain!
3…NO! Barrett kicks out!
King: It’s not over!
The shock is written all over Austin’s face. The Stunner is his bread and butter. He gets to his feet and proceeds to grab Barrett and lift him to his. Austin curses the Challenger out before lifting Barrett onto his shoulders and smiling at the people…
Cole: You don’t think?
Austin has a firm control over Barrett’s arms, but Barrett responds with elbows just like Austin did previously. Just like earlier, Austin drops Barrett and now Barrett can strike. He quickly gets Austin off his shoulders and slams him on the mat with Wasteland!!
King: Wasteland! New Champion!
The ring shakes as Barrett hits his finishing move. Barrett breathes a sigh of relief and covers Austin, looking for his second World Championship…
1…
2…
Austin kicks out!
Barrett doesn’t believe it either. That was his best shot. He gets to his feet and grabs Austin by his bald head. He then talks trash to Austin before giving him the finger and kicking him in the stomach, which doubles Austin over and Barrett reaches for his skull...
Cole: Now Barrett’s going for the Stunner!
Austin blocks the Stunner by pushing Barrett in the back sending him to the ropes. Barrett bounces off and comes back at Austin who kicks him in the stomach and hits another Stunner!!
King: That’s how it’s done!
Barrett goes down again and Austin goes for another cover…
1…
2…
3…
Roberts: Here is your winner and Still UWF Champion; “Stone Cold†Steve Austin!
“Badass†by Saliva plays and Austin gets to his feet victorious. The referee grabs the Smoking Skull Championship from ringside and hands it to him. Austin slowly climbs the top rope and shows off his title to the fans who boo him.
Cole: One month ago, Steve Austin realized his dream, and tonight he’s taken his first step to being the greatest UWF Champion of all time.
Austin rolls under the ropes and leaves the ring, heading up the ramp. He reaches the top of the stage and shows off his title one more time to the people. Starrcade then heads backstage.
William Regal frantically paces around the interview area waiting for Josh Matthews. Josh Matthews appears in view speed-walking. He walks up to the annoyed Regal and addresses him.
Josh Matthews: William sir, sorry I'm la...
He is rudely interrupted by Regal.
William Regal: Shut up you useless waste of space. You can't even show up on time for an interview. Can you even tell the time?
Josh Matthews responds stuttering.
Josh Matthews: I'm sorry William.
Regal smirks and laughs at Matthews.
William Regal: So you should be, I'm sick and tired of having my time wasted. Now, I have some matters I would like to address. First of all, last week on Raw, that no mark Mr Anderson got lucky. He is not even in my league and a lapse in concentration cost me that match. I promise you all that it will not happen again. As of now, I will demolish every idiot that stands before me. I know, Josh knows and all of you mongrels in attendance know that I am the most superior wrestler to ever step foot in the UWF. Soon, my dominance will fill the roster and I will win the UWF championship.
Josh Matthews intervenes.
Josh Matthews: What do you think about being left off the card?
Regal snatches the mic off Josh
William Regal: What do I think? Are you seriously asking what I think? I think it is disgraceful that they havn't put their top superstar in the PPV, I should be main eventing. I'm the greatest their is. I'll prove that on Raw when I destroy my next opponent.
Regal storms out leaving Josh bewildred. We then head back to the ring for the main event!
JR: Well ladies and gentlemen it is finally here. The match all Smackdown, no all of UWF has been waiting for. The end of a bitter rivalry that has seen blood, utter hatred, and been the antithesis of a slobberknocker. And now in the final encounter it is going to be for the Most prized possession in UWF The Worlds Heavyweight Championship.
Piper: Dean Ambrose, Daniel Bryan. Two insane men who make me look like Mary freaking Poppins. For arguably the biggest championship in the history of wrestling, well it gives even a nice young lad like me chills.
JR: And both men share a victory over the other which makes the match all the more interesting as it is going to be the first in UWF history a Two out of Three Falls match. The first a submission match which you have to think will favor Daniel Bryan, than a Hardcore match, something Dean Ambrose is very very hard to beat at, and finally should it be necessary a ladder match will determine the new Worlds Champion.
Piper: The winner of this gets into the history books JR, the loser will probably never be remembered which will totally suck for them.
Lillian Garica: The following contest is a Two out of Three Falls Match and it is to determine the Next UWF World Heavyweight Championship. The objective is to beat your opponent twice in a series of three matches, the first will be a submission match followed by a hardcore match. Then if necessary the final fall will be a ladder match and the winner will be World Champion. Now, introducing first...
[video=youtube;v9aAGEn10D8]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=v9aAGEn10D8[/video]
The crowd begins booing loudly as the former Hardcore Champion comes out to the ring stopping at the top of the apron and signalling for Gold around his waist. Bryan walks quickly down the ramp chanting YES YES YES! Much to the chagrin of the Sold Out Crowd. He doesn't get into the ring immediately and instead heads to the annoucer's side of the ring where the World Title is being displayed and Bryan stares at it with a big smile on his face. He nods as if agreeing in his head before turning and sliding into the ring before throwing his arm up in the air with a finger out telling the world he is number 1.
Lillian Garcia: From Aberdeen Washington, weighing in tonight at 210 lbs. Please welcome the former Hardcore Champion, Daniel Bryan!
Bryan begins screaming Yes Yes Yes! as the crowd begins chanting No No No!
JR: It looks like the crowd and Bryan are going to be disagreeing on how they feel this match up is going to end.
Piper: The only way this match ends JR is if one or both men can't walk out of the ring underneath both their power.
Lillian Garcia: And introducing his opponent...
[video=youtube;eBR3vwYJCiE]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eBR3vwYJCiE[/video]
The crowd get to their feet as a huge pop explodes in the arena as Ambrose makes his way out to the stage area. He does not have a smile on his face instead he ignores everything going on and just stares right at Daniel Bryan who continues to look smug in the ring. The sadistic Ambrose begins walking slowly but methodically to the ring ignoring the hands hoping to get a shake or a high five from him. Like Bryan he too heads over to the announcer's side and to the World Title, never taking his eyes off of Bryan. Ambrose stands between the World Title and Bryan as if symbolically saying Ambrose stands between him and the belt. Ambrose doesn't say anything and just continues to stare as he hops up to the apron.
Lillian Garcia: From Cinncinatti Ohio, weighing in tonight at 225 lbs, Dean Ambrose!
As his name is called Ambrose steps into the ring and without a smile or even nodding towards the crowd he prepares for the match of his life.
JR: And the look on Ambrose's face speaks about not only how personal this match is, but also how much is on the line.
Piper: I don't know, if Ambrose doesn't get whatever stick out of his ass Bryan could use that to his advantage.
DING DING DING!
The bell rings.
The bell rings and Bryan and Ambrose immediately get into each other’s faces the personal hatred for each other is clearly evident on the faces of both combatants. Ambrose tells Bryan he is welcome to the first shot and Bryan laughs mocking Ambrose saying one shot is all he needs. Ambrose doesn’t believe it and says give it all you got. Bryan shrugs before taking his hand and chopping the chest of Ambrose, the sickening sound of flesh hitting flesh blows throughout the arena. Ambrose just smiles as he shots he’s been smacked around harder by his grandmother. Again Bryan unleashes a knife edge chop that sends the crowd into a roar of WOO! Ambrose again continues to smile as Bryan unleashes a third knife edge chop that just manages to stagger Ambrose a bit. Ambrose his chest swelling up from the shots shouts, my turn as Bryan goes for a fourth chop. Ambrose gets real low and dodges the blow surprising Bryan before Daniel turns around only to be clearly staggered by a shot from Ambrose. Bryan screams in agony as he holds his chest in pain, before Ambrose again hits a knife edge chop, this one sends Bryan to the mat and the crowd lets off a big cheer as Ambrose wins the first salvo. Ambrose laughs as Bryan gets to his feet and Bryan has had it and tackles Ambrose to the ground before trying to bring down as many punches on top of Ambrose as he can, but Ambrose rolls Bryan onto his back and begins unloading, before they roll again this time Bryan nailing Ambrose with punches aimed at his opponent’s jaw and chin. The ref finally manages to the two separated and the crowd begins to boo not wanting the ref to break up the action.
Piper: Last time I checked JR, you couldn’t win a submission match like that. I mean it has been a while but I don’t think the rules have changed that much.
Ambrose and Bryan take to separate corners wiping the sweat off of their respective faces before stretching. Both men know this match is not going to be easy or quick and need to keep both composure and stamina to win it. After Ambrose slaps his chest in a sign of readiness, Dean and Daniel tie up in the center of the ring prepared to lock it up again. Bryan quickly throws Ambrose into a headlock, but Ambrose has been trained for this move since day one of his training and switches the hold so he has his arms wrapped around his waist from behind Bryan. Bryan looks to elbow Ambrose in the side of the head but Ambrose ducks it before wrapping his arms around Bryan’s waist now in position looking for a belly to belly suplex, but Ambrose knees Ambrose in the gut allowing Bryan to get his arms around Dean’s neck and bringing him down with a headlock takedown. Never one to not take advantage Bryan tries to keep him in a headlock on the ground but Ambrose kicks his body hard and gets out before both men get to their feet again before breaking as the crowd gives off applause to both athletes. Bryan clearly won that salvo but there is still plenty of time to go. Bryan now feels the advantage as he calls for Ambrose to come at him, Ambrose never one to back down from a challenge goes for a kick to the gut of Bryan but Bryan catches it, smiling at the failed effort of his opponent for the world title. Ambrose smiles back before delivering an enziguri that takes the baby oil on Bryan’s face and sends it flying into the third row of seats.
JR: And Bryan made his first real mistake here in the early going, and you’d think by the third match between the two you wouldn’t underestimate your opponent.
Piper: It happens, JR. Even I had an occasional mix up with a partner or against my opponent. The trick is how you respond to it.
Ambrose feels it now as he goes for the leg of Bryan possibly to lock in a submission maneuver to try and win the match right here, but Bryan kicks him off more out of instinct than anything. Ambrose gets up smiling glad to see his opponent is going to make it difficult; Ambrose after all loves it when it is difficult. The longest reigning Hardcore Champion in UWF History brings Bryan to his feet before shooting him off the ropes. Ambrose attempts to send Bryan to the mat with a hip toss, but Bryan blocks it before grabbing Ambrose and attempting to send him to the mat with a hip toss, but while Ambrose is in the air he makes a terrific counter and sends Bryan to the mat with an arm drag. Ambrose latches on to the arm and wrenches it bringing Bryan to his feet. Once on his feet Ambrose continues to add pressure twisting the arm of Bryan hoping to possibly remove the shoulder from its socket. Changing his mind Ambrose brings Bryan into a headlock, and yet somehow Bryan shoves Ambrose into the ropes, unfortunately Bryan’s luck runs out as Ambrose comes back knocking the former champion to the mat with a shoulder block. This gets the crowd rocking a little as Bryan gets back up to his feet and Ambrose grabs him before sending the damaged and twisted arm into the steel ring post to the big delight of the crowd. Bryan comes back out holding his arm in serious pain as Ambrose again grabs it and twists it before snap kicking Bryan hard in the chest. Another snap kick staggers Bryan who is essentially helpless as his arm is still being wrenched by Ambrose, until Ambrose let’s go and nails Bryan with a picture perfect spinning heel kick. Bryan goes down and Ambrose puts Bryan on his stomach before going and locking in the Crossface and the first submission maneuver of the match up has been put into play here in the first match.
JR: Crossface! Ambrose pulling out the Crossface which is highly unexpected and it’s a good one as Ambrose has that arm locked in between his legs.
Piper: These fans really want to see Daniel Bryan tap out here. I think they are crazy, they don’t know what they’d miss if Bryan threw in the towel here in the early going.
Bryan does not take Piper’s advice and instead of immediately tapping begins struggling to get to the bottom rope which is only several feet away. The crowd is loud trying to play tricks with Bryan’s mind as he fights hard to get to ropes, Ambrose increasing the pressure every opportunity he gets. The American Dragon will not quit as he inches closer and closer to the bottom rope, Ambrose tries adding leverage and pressure one more time but it is no good as Bryan reaches the bottom rope and holds onto it for dear life. The ref gets Ambrose off of Bryan as Daniel pulls himself out of the ring in desperation. Bryan holds his arm in pain before rubbing his neck in his very short reprieve from action as Ambrose sends Bryan into the barricade with a baseball slide. Bryan remains standing however and comes back to the center of the floor before Ambrose leaps over the ropes and comes crashing down on top of Bryan. Both men fall to the floor hurting after the daring move from Ambrose.
JR: This shows you the length both men are going to go to in able to walk out Worlds Heavyweight Champion here tonight.
Ambrose is up first much of the impact was taken by Bryan upon crashing on the floor and he gets up and yells a thundering bellow. Ambrose begins stalking Bryan as he gets to his feet; Ambrose tackles Bryan hard into the steel ring barricade focusing on the lower back of Bryan. Daniel is hurting now as Ambrose unleashes a brutal knife edge chop across Bryan’s chest once again. Ambrose picks up the beaten down Bryan and hits a snake eyes on the ring barricade; a big welt has formed on Bryan’s chest now as he reaches the floor. Ambrose loves the momentum he has as he brings Bryan to his feet and with ease sends Bryan crashing to the mat with a snap suplex. Ambrose sits up and begins clapping as he gets a sadistic look in his eyes before looking at the ground around him. The crowd isn’t sure what to expect from Ambrose as you know he is capable of doing some pretty insane things. What Ambrose does is truly insane as he undoes the padding at ring side forcing the crowd into a shocked frenzy. The cold steel surface of the First Mariner Arena exposed. Ambrose throws an arm up to the sky as if asking the wrestling gods for their favor before turning his attention back towards Bryan.
JR: The padding has been removed Piper, Ambrose is going for the kill here tonight and this match is only a few minutes old.
Piper: He manages to bring Bryan down on that surface he will definitely be taking this match 2-0 because many men have been severely injured dealing with the steel under the padding.
Ambrose is indeed going for maximum damage as he brings Bryan over to the steel floor and places him between his legs, Ambrose is looking to PILEDRIVE his opponent onto the steel floor. The ground gets quiet as Ambrose attempts to bring Bryan up and into him, but Bryan sensing his career, no his life is on the line manages to force his weight to send him back to the floor. Ambrose positions himself again to lift Bryan but the positioning allows Bryan to gain an opportunity and with everything on the line he uses it sending Ambrose up and over him crashing to the padding side. Bryan has managed to escape a terrifying fate and now angered by the lack of regard Ambrose has for him gives Ambrose a swift kick in the spine as Ambrose is sitting up holding his back in pain. Bryan extremely angry now begins kicking Ambrose in the stomach until Ambrose moves onto his back, only for Bryan to begin kicking the crap out of his opponent’s kidneys. “Try pissing now you psycho son of a bitch.†Bryan yells again kicking the kidney’s and back of Ambrose. Pleased with his assault and hoping to once and for all embarrass Ambrose he helps his opponent to his feet and tosses him into the ring.
JR: I think Daniel Bryan has finally snapped Hot Rod, just unloading those vicious kicks to the kidney and back area of Ambrose. I think he might be trying to cripple him.
Piper: Ambrose was trying to paralyze Bryan at best just a few minutes JR. If somebody tried to do that to me I’d pound there ass so far into the ground we’d be at the core of the earth and I still wouldn’t be done.
Bryan is clearly no longer satisfied with just making Ambrose tap out, he wants to take a piece of Ambrose’s soul. Ambrose gets to his feet and Bryan drops him to the mat with a brutal roundhouse kick that sends Ambrose to the mat. With Ambrose face first on the mat Bryan digs into his arsenal and surprises everyone when he places both his feet right below Ambrose’s knees and lifts him up into a surfboard submission hold. The crowd is impressed as he holds Ambrose above him not having to worry about getting pinned to the mat. Ambrose screams in agony as Bryan pulls on Ambrose’s wrists for ultimate pressure.
Piper: Everybody loves Surfing JR, especially Daniel Bryan. If he wins with this move I would not be surprised if he has a beach boys gimmick come Friday Night.
JR: I’m impressed Hot Rod, by both these men, they are truly showing here tonight what it means to be a champion.
The crowd is trying to help Ambrose but he is essentially trapped as he can’t pin Bryan and at the same time his ligaments are all trapped in the hold so the ropes are not an option. Bryan has a huge smile on his face but Ambrose is repeatedly asked by the official if he gives to which Ambrose says NO! “Come on Dean don’t get yourself killed here, do you give up?†The official asks to which Ambrose responds “Go to Hell!†This causes Bryan to begin to hesitate just a bit and Ambrose uses it as an opportunity to bring himself down towards Bryan, if pinfalls counted Bryan would be getting counted to the mat now, Ambrose is trained to use every body part as a weapon and it is at this time he decides to use his hardest one, his head. He sends the back of his head smacking into Bryan’s face not once but twice, the second time popping Bryan in the nose. The impact causes Bryan to lose his ability to hold on to Ambrose who is able to escape to the ground, but he doesn’t get up as the hold has taken a lot out of him. Bryan grabs his nose in pain no one is able to see the damage until Bryan begins using the ropes to get to his feet. Bryan’s nose is not broken but it is indeed bleeding as he reaches his feet. Looking at the blood pouring into his hands Bryan curses as some fans jeer him for it. Ambrose has managed to use the ropes now to get to his feet and Bryan goes after him as if he were easy prey, Ambrose has proven time and again he is not, as he uses Bryan’s momentum against him to lock Bryan into a Fujiwara Armbar. The crowd erupts into cheers as Bryan’s arm is now being ripped from his socket and the tables have quickly turned.
JR: And this is what happens when you have two great artists of the business in a submission match, at any point in time the momentum, the outcome of the match can change in a heartbeat.
Piper: God damn JR, this match is intense and it is only the first fall.
Bryan finds himself in trouble much like he was in the early going. The camera zooms in on his face, blood drips from his nose as he is clearly in some form of pain. Bryan is digging deep as he now is forced to try and get to the ropes. Ambrose has a sick smirk on his face feeling Bryan has a low threshold for pain, but Bryan is surprising everyone by soldiering on. Inch after painful inch of his arm potentially being pulled from its socket, Bryan reaches the ropes some of the crowd cheering but most jeering the fact Ambrose did not win it there. Ambrose is a little surprised as well but it is ok in his book as it just means more pain he can unleash. Ambrose begins stalking Bryan as he makes his way to his feet holding his arm in agony. He turns around and Ambrose sets him up in the suplex position before lifting him up, just as suddenly as he does he brings him down into a powerbomb set up, but Bryan somehow manages to bring Ambrose to the mat grabbing his head and looking for his arm Bryan is going for the triangle choke.
JR: Wow what a counter by Daniel Bryan. If he can get that arm of Ambrose this one could be over and we could Daniel Bryan going up one fall to nothing.
Piper: The first fall is important JR, but it is not the end of the world, one of these men is going to have to decide if they would rather end up in a wheelchair before they can even get to the second match.
Ambrose has the ring sense to take his arm out of Bryan’s reach and grab the ropes forcing Bryan to let go of Ambrose. Surprisingly Bryan does as the official asks, getting everyone to look at his arms by saying ok so that he can wrap his legs around Ambrose’s ankles and drive him down to the mat, Ambrose falls face first into the mat and Bryan finds a burst of energy that allows him to get on top of Ambrose and lock in his finisher the former LeBell, now known as the Yes lock!
JR: This is what Bryan has been hoping to do since the start of the match. The Yes Lock has put many people away in my time and regardless of the goofy name as you can see from the look on Ambrose’s face the maneuver is deadly.
Piper: Yes lock? The people who create the names of these moves should be shot.
Ambrose would be begging for mercy if he didn’t want to appear to be a total badass to the fans as he is in some serious pain. The toll of the past few minutes of move after move, counter after counter, are finally taking his toll. Bryan is screaming, Yes! Yes! Yes! But Ambrose is not going to give up and give Bryan the satisfaction, Ambrose much like he proved at Backlash would rather die than tap out to this maniac. He thinks of what it would feel like to be World Champion something he only dreamed of when he came to UWF, and it spurs him on as he inches closer, every second he feels a little bit stronger. Bryan’s yes’ quickly stop the closer to the ropes Ambrose gets before shouting No! No! No! Ambrose continues to think of the gold plated championship and its history, the idea of his name being in the book with some of the greats and he manages to reach the ropes. The crowd explode into cheers and Bryan cannot believe it. Bryan holds onto the hold even longer forcing the referee to start counting him as the crowd begins to boo. 1… 2… 3… 4… Realizing Bryan has no intention of letting go the referee steps in and Ambrose feels the pain lessen as Bryan lets go. Bryan explodes into the ref’s face telling him he had until 5 and needs to just end the match before Ambrose gets seriously hurt. He tells the official Ambrose’s is too dumb to tap so do the right thing for him. The argument continues for a few seconds the referee not willing to do that to the fighting Ambrose. Bryan shoves the official hard and this gets jeers and an ooh from the crowd. The official never one to be happy with getting shoved, puts his hands on Bryan and shoves him hard. The crowd goes nuts at this and before Bryan can respond Ambrose spins him around, the thought of the World Title in his mind, victory or death, drags Bryan to the mat and puts him in the Regal Stretch!
JR: The tables have been turned again. You have to imagine this is the move Ambrose has been looking for this entire time and now he has locked in right in the center of the ring.
Piper: What a pansy taking a temper tantrum on the official. Grow a pair you bitch!
Bryan now is in serious pain again, like Ambrose the match has taken its toll on him. He thinks of the World Championship, he thinks of himself standing tall at the end of the night screaming Yes Yes Yes! He thinks of the history and the fact he would go down as a legend not to mention the best in the history of UWF. He thinks of Ambrose and how crazy he is, how Ambrose will not tap out and will die before submitting. Bryan realizes Ambrose will kill him if given the opportunity. Realizing it is indeed only the first fall, and not willing to die, Bryan resigns himself at last and begins to tap out in the center of the ring. The crowd goes crazy as the first fall has been at last decided and the official immediately reaches in to get Ambrose off of Bryan.
JR: And finally one of these men has come to their senses and unfortunately for Daniel Bryan it means he is now down 1-0.
Piper: I give the guy credit. He still has two falls to go, at least now he’ll be able to compete in the second match instead of dead which if it were up to Ambrose would be how that first match ended.
Winner of the first fall: Dean Ambrose!
Ambrose has his hand raised and as the rules state a thirty second break will occur before the next match starts which gives Bryan a few seconds to recover from the pain and humiliation he has just suffered by tapping out in the first match.
DING DING DING
JR: And that signal means the second match is about to begin and this one should be very different from the first as it is going to be a Hardcore style match.
Piper: This all started over the Hardcore Championship JR, it is only fitting one of these falls is Hardcore style even if the title no longer exists.
Bryan now is feeling the pressure as he is down and must win the next two falls to become World Champion, of course Bryan knows he can do it as he stretches his arm and prepares to go to work for another match. Ambrose calls for a tie up which surprises everyone and Bryan agrees feeling this will get him back into the match. The two lock up and Bryan grabs Ambrose’s arm twisting it before bringing it behind Ambrose’s back and wrenching it. Ambrose tries elbowing Bryan with his free arm but Bryan has placed himself just out of reach. Without many other options Ambrose twists his body bringing his arm out of the wrench before countering and grabbing Bryan from behind in a belly to back position. Not wanting to face anymore of Ambrose’ suplexes Bryan rushes over to the ropes and grabs them using them to shove his entire frame into Ambrose who falls back to the mat unable to hold his grip. Ambrose gets to his feet and Bryan nails him with a European Uppercut for his troubles. Ambrose takes refuge in the corner of the ring and Bryan grabs him in a belly to back format only to get an elbow from Ambrose. Bryan is staggered into the center of the ring where Ambrose fights off the pain he is feeling and brings Bryan to the mat with a roll up!
1…
2…
3… NO!
JR: At the last possible second Daniel Bryan kicks out, I thought for sure we were looking at a New Worlds Champion right there.
Piper: I think the mental image of tapping out is stuck in poor Bryan’s head. He needs to get his head back on or this one might as well be over.
Bryan gets to his feet in a hurry breathing heavy now knowing how close his dreams where nearly shattered. As Piper stated Bryan is indeed not all there right now which allows Ambrose to nail Bryan with a big clothesline. Bryan realizing how badly he could be hurt if he doesn’t snap out of it quickly rolls outside of the ring to heat. Bryan has to collect himself as Ambrose looks upset that Bryan is chickening out. Bryan begins heading up the ramp and gets to the halfway point before turning his attention back to the ring. He nails himself in the head clearing the cobwebs before returning to some semblance of normalcy. As he rushes towards the ring Ambrose bounces off the ropes and attempts a suicide dive, but Bryan sees it coming and moves out of the way. Ambrose hits the padded ground hard and the crowd oohs as Ambrose may have just taken himself out of the match up. Bryan goes for the quick cover, the Hardcore Rules making pinfalls outside the ring legal.
1…
2…
3.. NO!
Ambrose gets a shoulder up, the suicide dive clearly hasn’t taken him out of it completely. Bryan slams his fists into the padding before realizing it is indeed a Hardcore match. Bryan gets a big smile on his face as he begins digging underneath the ring looking for any kind of weapon to both inflict harm and potentially end the career of Ambrose. The crowd doesn’t like what he pulls out, a sledgehammer. Bryan gets a sick sort of smile on his face as Ambrose manages to get to his knees, but Bryan is ending it here and now as he drives the sledgehammer into the back of Ambrose who screams in agony as he hits the floor. Bryan with sledgehammer in hand begins screaming like a mad man Yes! Yes! Yes!
JR: I don’t know about you Piper, but you have to wonder what a feud like this does to someone’s psyche. Every week since these two started fighting I can’t help but feel Daniel Bryan has been losing it more and more.
Piper: Well to be able to judge someone’s sanity they have to have it JR. After watching this match, neither one of this fricken lunatics have an ounce of it.
Bryan smiles as Ambrose is not moving on the floor, “I want to do this in the ring so everyone can see.†Bryan appears to be talking to himself, perhaps he truly has lost his sanity as he tosses the hammer aside and picks up Bryan and tossing him into the ring. Bryan doesn’t follow up, after all Ambrose isn’t moving, instead Bryan goes underneath the ring and begins pulling out a kendo stick, a garbage can, and finally a lead pipe. He throws all of these things into the ring before hopping back into it himself. Ambrose is finally moving but is having trouble standing. Bryan smiles as he picks up the kendo stick and as Ambrose is struggling to get to his feet Bryan unleashes it upon his opponents back. THACK! THACK! THACK! Three brutal shots before the kendo stick breaks, and Bryan isn’t done. He tosses the pieces of the kendo stick to the side as he begins looking at the lead pipe. Bryan begins laughing, as he eyes the pipe then Ambrose, pipe, Ambrose. The crowd begins booing wanting Bryan to just end the match already, but Bryan wants to humiliate and potentially cripple Ambrose. Ambrose begins using the ropes trying to get to his feet which feel like jelly now. He hears the crowd warning him of something and turns around just in time for the lead pipe to connect with his jaw. Ambrose falls to the mat the crowd thankful it wasn’t worse. Bryan throws down the lead pipe and drags Ambrose to the center of the ring where he makes the cover at last.
1…
2…
3.. NO!
Ambrose gets a shoulder up!
Piper: Are you yanking my chain!? Ambrose, do you want to wind up a cripple? Don’t kick out you dumbass.
Bryan laughs happy to see Ambrose would rather be beaten to a bloody pulp than to give up a fall. That was fine by him as he stands up and stretches again before picking up the trashcan. JR and Piper are beside themselves at ring side as Ambrose begins pulling himself to his feet with the ropes and finally does. Bryan looks like he is going to whack Ambrose across the head with the trash can but decides against it, instead Bryan tosses the garbage can on top of Ambrose trapping him inside the garbage can. Bryan is out to embarrass Ambrose now as Ambrose is unable to get out. Yes! Yes! Yes! Bryan begins pondering to the crowd only to turn around and get hit by a missile, or more like Ambrose running head first into Bryan with the trash can on his head. Ambrose could hear the taunting bastard and both men go crashing to the mat. The ref uses the moment to get Ambrose out of the trashcan as the crowd loves it.
JR: Bah Gawd what an impact, Dean Ambrose might have just concussed himself there. In my many years of calling matches I don’t think I’ve ever seen anything like that.
Piper: I think the term using your head would be quite an understatement. That was F***ing sick!
The camera takes a look at Ambrose now who has a nasty cut beginning to bleed near the crown of his skull. Ambrose is responsive however as he begins to move albeit very slowly. He manages to crawl over to Bryan and fall on top of him.
1…
2…
3… NO!
Daniel Bryan gets the shoulder up and the crowd gasps.
Piper: Good if that move would have won Ambrose the World Title I would have to shoot myself.
JR: I don’t think that would be so good for our PG rating Hot Rod.
Both men just lay there for several moments allowing themselves to catch their respective breaths. Bryan begins coughing as he rolls onto his side, while Ambrose lays face down his hand placed on his head, both of these men are surely going to be feeling this match in the morning. It is Bryan who manages to crawl to his feet first as Ambrose is still on the ground. Seeing another opportunity to present itself Bryan quickly runs up and grabs Ambrose’s leg and puts him into an Ankle Lock. The crowd begins to boo as Bryan is once again trying to make Ambrose tap out, but that isn’t necessary true as Bryan twists Ambrose’s ankle violently, Bryan is looking to break it! Ambrose realizing the amount of danger he’s in quickly flips onto his back and with his free foot kicks Bryan off of him. Bryan falls to the mat as Ambrose begins pulling himself up on the ropes. Bryan is quick to his feet however and attempts to renew his attack but Ambrose uses the ropes to hold him as he sends both legs out and manages to nail Bryan in the gut. Bryan hunches over as Ambrose sees the lead pipe out of the corner of his eye and grabs it, the crowd cheers wildly as Ambrose drives the pipe right between Bryan’s eyes. Ambrose is hurting bad, but he wants that Championship more than anything so he gets down and covers him.
1…
2…
3… NO!
Bryan gets a shoulder up.
JR: You have to wonder about that last kick out of Bryan’s was it desperation? If Bryan fell there Dean Ambrose would have the World championship right now.
Piper: That is the price you pay if you lose the first fall, plus I’m pretty sure Daniel has had plenty of opportunities to win this but has chosen to torture Ambrose instead. Not very ring smart in my book.
Bryan now has a cut on his face right above the bridge of his nose. Mixed in with the dry blood down his lip Bryan looks pretty bad, but not as bad as Ambrose his forehead is now a dark crimson. Ambrose finds the strength bring Bryan to his feet and drives a right hand into the blistering cut of Bryan which staggers the American Dragon. Ambrose, the crowd behind him, sends Bryan shooting off of the rope before catching him on the way back in a side slam position. Ambrose with Bryan in position does 2 360 degree circles before sending Bryan to the mat with his old finishing move the Moxicity. Unfortunately in order to build momentum for the slam Ambrose has made himself dizzy and he is unable to cover Bryan right away as his world is currently spinning. After several crucial seconds Ambrose is able to find his balance and pin Bryan’s shoulders to the mat.
1…
2…
3.. NO!
Those crucial seconds gave Bryan all the time he needed to find the energy to get a shoulder up. Both men again are on the ground unable to move.
JR: And maybe a little show boating on the case of Ambrose there cost him as I feel he didn’t need to do the 2 circles.
Piper: I don’t think it was show boating JR, I think Ambrose did it because he felt he needed to in order to get Bryan to sit down.
Bryan is indeed fighting for his livelihood as he stirs to his feet. He is silently praying to himself for some help here as Ambrose appears to be unbeatable and is now taking it to Bryan with a ferocity he’s never seen. Bryan has no choice now as he reaches into his tights and pulls out a pair of brass knuckles. The audience sees it and begins booing, these knuckles are what cost Dave Batista his match a few weeks back. Ambrose goes up to turn Bryan around and gets knuckles right in his face, Ambrose is out on his feet as Daniel grabs him and sends him flying to the mat with a Regal-Plex. Bryan gets to his knees and thanks the wrestling Gods as he sees his hated foe is indeed unconscious. Like a shark smelling blood Bryan knows he can pin and win the second fall right here, but he can’t help and mock Ambrose one last time. Bryan grabs Ambrose and puts him back into the Yes Lock! Ambrose doesn’t even move he has been knocked out by the brass knuckles followed by the Regal Plex. And just like shades of Backlash the official fearing for Ambrose’s safety calls for the bell.
Winner of the 2[SUP]nd[/SUP] Fall: Daniel Bryan!
JR: That’s it! Just like at Backlash Daniel Bryan has literally knocked Ambrose unconscious to win the second fall here tonight and now partner we are tied at 1 apiece.
Piper: Which means we are going to see a ladder match next JR. And if Ambrose doesn’t find a way to wake up this could be the shortest ladder match in the history of professional wrestling.
Before the ladder match can begin however the officials must scramble to get the World Heavyweight Championship out of its case at ringside. Bryan is taunting the sold out Baltimore crowd the entire time before kicking an unconscious Ambrose out of the ring and to the floor below. The official who has called one hell of a match so far is the one to put the belt on the hook before motioning to the crew high above the arena to take it up. The World Heavyweight Championship goes high up into the air as Bryan now almost foaming at the mouth prepares for the single greatest moment of his career. After the belt reaches its highest peak the official has no choice to ring the bell, even though Ambrose is still unmoving on the floor.
DING DING DING!
The third fall begins and the crowd is booing loudly, as Bryan like a cheetah exits the ring and grabs one of the ladders that had been set up on the side of the ring ramp in case the match should have arrived at this moment. Bryan lifts the ladder up high in the air mocking the crowd before sliding it into the ring. Bryan looks like a kid in a candy store with his level of excitement believing he is just moments away from achieving his dream of being the best in the world, Period! He slows down a little not wanting to miss a single moment of his triumph. He takes a couple seconds longer than he should to set up the ladder underneath his target and his prize. He takes the first step gingerly than a second before jumping back off shaking his head, “No that isn’t right. Like this.†People are beginning to think Bryan has truly lost it as he gets half way up the ladder. The boos get louder every step the American Dragon takes before suddenly the crowd bursts into cheers as another ladder is thrown into the ring. Bryan is so focused on the World Title he doesn’t see Ambrose somehow awake and aware and getting into the ring. Bryan gets to the second to top step and reaches up for the title but finds himself just short of the hook. He shakes his head and begins to climb to the top step before the very top of the ladder. He is in range of the hook now but doesn’t get there as Ambrose sends the top of his ladder square into the back of Bryan. The impact sends Bryan off of the ladder, the ladder coming crumbling down to the mat. With the ladder still in Ambrose’s hands he uses it to smack Bryan down to the mat. Bryan is laid down in the center of the ring looking directly at the World Championship high above when Ambrose places the ladder on top of Bryan. Just like Smackdown only reversed Dean Ambrose begins climbing the ladder towards the gold as Bryan is stuck underneath the ladder only able to watch.
JR: And wouldn’t you call this poetic justice! Daniel Bryan is trapped underneath Dean Ambrose as Ambrose is going up to grab the Worlds title and enter the history books forever.
Piper: I bet you Bryan is not screaming Yes like a fool now. I learned the hard way what goes around comes around.
Ambrose has a harder time climbing as the balance is a little off due to Bryan being underneath it, but the ladder is still climbable. Ambrose reaches up for the World Title but just as Bryan moments earlier finds himself unable to reach it. The bloody face of Ambrose shows exhaustion as he takes another step closer to his dreams. He reaches getting further than Bryan now working his way down the straps to undo them when suddenly the ladder moves, the crowd is shocked as if Bryan has gone mad, pushing as hard as he can at the ladder until it finally tips over, Ambrose is forced to jump off but the timing is off and Ambrose comes down his chest and arms impacting with the top ring ropes in a brutal snake eyes from ten feet in the air. Ambrose is down as Bryan gets to his feet and looks at Ambrose who is holding his throat coughing trying to get air back into his lungs. Bryan’s eyes have glazed over now as he grabs Ambrose’s foot and begins tucking on the earlier ankle of Ambrose with another Ankle Lock. The crowd begins to boo loudly as Bryan like a wild animal begins ripping and tearing into the ankle looking to break it. The crowd continues to give Bryan major heat but he appears to be almost a crazed dog who won’t be happy until he’s claimed his territory. Ambrose doesn’t have enough left to get out of it, and he can’t use the ropes to break it, the ref tells Bryan to stop or else, but Bryan doesn’t care. He wants to break that damn ankle, for this moment in time Bryan has completely lost it. Before he can do irreversible damage the referee realizing something is seriously wrong here grabs Bryan and using all the strength he can muster manages to pull Bryan off of Ambrose. Bryan turns towards the official only to receive a smack across the face. “What the hell are you doing? I will end this match right here and now if you don’t start climbing.â€
JR: And you have to give this official credit. You knew damn well coming in both men were going to try and kill each other and it looks like this official is going to make sure that doesn’t happen.
Piper: That slap appears to have brought Bryan out of whatever crazed funk he was in because he is heading back to get a ladder.
Bryan is indeed grabbing the ladder and places it in the center of the ring, he begins climbing it step by step his back turned towards Ambrose who is unable to stand on his one ankle now. Bryan gets to the top as Ambrose reaches the bottom of the ladder. There is no way Ambrose is going to be able to stop Bryan from unstrapping the belt unless he does something desperate. Without hesitating Ambrose grabs Bryan by the top of his tights and pulls them down, exposing Bryan’s ass towards the south side seats. The camera gets a really good shot as the crowd goes nuts.
JR: I guess there is a full moon here tonight Hot Rod.
Piper: Oh come on JR. Do you know any jokes that are even remotely funny to anyone over the age of 5?
Bryan has to choose between the World Title and his dignity and chooses the latter as he hops down and fixes his tights. Bryan is livid now having been truly embarrassed by Ambrose, seeing Ambrose kneeling in front of the ladder laughing causes Bryan to lose it, and it is very easy for Bryan to send Ambrose to the ground with a nasty kick in the head. Ambrose falls to the mat. “You want to embarrass me hotshot? Well I’m about to take that title, so you go ahead and get your cheap laugh, because I’m going to have the last one you stupid son of a bitch!†Bryan stands up and screams “YES! YES! YES!†And the crowd roars back in a “NO! NO! NO!†Chant. Bryan heads to the opposite side of the ladder right in Ambrose’s view. “I’ll climb up this way so you can see me beat you!â€
JR: And the personal nature of this match-up clearly showing in this third and final fall. Bryan is climbing right in the view of Ambrose mocking him.
Piper: It is what I do to you every week JR what with the BBQ and fat jokes.
Bryan gets to the top of the ladder and grabs the World Title particularly the straps, he is about to undo them when he looks down at his opponent. Ambrose worn out and exhausted, having reached his physical limit is somehow beginning to climb the ladder. Bryan can’t believe it as he sits there victory in his hands as he smiles. “Alright, you want to get close and personal for this come on!†Bryan lets go of the World Title and reaches back into his tights where he brings out his brass knuckles again that he put away after the end of the second fall. He plans on driving them right into the crimson head of Ambrose when he gets to the top of it. Ambrose is slow but steady and he gets to the top of the ladder and gets a massive pop from the crowd, the heart of a champion is indeed in this man from Cincy. Bryan and Ambrose both stare at each other through blood, tears, and sweat. Both men at the end of their limits this is the final stand and only one of them will be walking out.
JR: Can you feel that chill in the air Partner. Something big is about to happen now!
Piper: I have a feeling you and I are going to see a World Champion crowned here real soon.
The moment is broken up by Bryan who throws back his hand covered in brass and lunges at the man who for months has made his life a personal hell, he expects to connect but somehow Ambrose dodges it, this leaves Bryan vulnerable as Ambrose drives Bryan’s already damaged nose into the top of the ladder. Bryan doesn’t get back up, he has nothing left everything he had left was in that punch. Ambrose looks up at the World Title now just inches away, but Ambrose is only human and feels the need for vengeance. Ambrose looks around the ring floor and sees the ladder on the ground very close to the ladder they are on now. Ambrose puts his arm up in the air, he is one crazy son of a bitch and this match is going to end just how this feud has been, crazy. Ambrose grabs Bryan sets him up for the superplex, the crowd begins to cheer realizing Ambrose is going to superplex Bryan onto the ladder. With reckless abandonment he pulls Bryan up into a vertical position, and the world stops for a second for Ambrose as he takes a leap of faith off of the ladder. The two fall ten feet to the floor, while in the air Ambrose pushes Bryan forward and Bryan comes face first like a DDT into the ladder on the ground. To the outside world Dean Ambrose has just hit his One-Hitter finishing move off of one ladder and onto another.
JR: OH MY GOD!
PIPER: HOLY FUCK!
Bryan might very well be dead as Ambrose rolls around in agony. The crowd begins a Holy Shit chant as both men have truly given it there all. Ambrose is in pain but thinks about what’s at stake and every moment he’s had in his long and sometimes hard career. Ambrose curses as he fights off the pain long enough to get to his feet. His ankle is killing him, his body won’t be able to move tomorrow morning, but he needs it to work for only one maybe two more minutes. He is in a daze, almost like auto-pilot as he climbs the ladder at last reaching his destination. He looks at his fallen foe, unmoving right where he left him and nods silently in respect. At long last the moment is here as Ambrose reaches out and grabs the World Championship by the straps, he undoes them hoping his body will hold out for one second longer and yanks with all he has left. His knees buckle and he gives into his beaten body as he falls to the floor, he barely feels himself hitting the canvas, but he is aware, he is alive, and his hand is holding the thing that made it all worth it, for in his hand is the World Heavyweight Championship! The bell rings!
The Winner of the Third Fall and therefore the Winner of the 2/3 Falls Match and NEW UWF World Heavyweight Champion: Dean Ambrose!!!
The crowd is on their feet applauding the effort of both men as attendants immediately head into the ring removing signs of the chaos as they quickly begin to work on the two men who put everything into this match up.
JR: This is by far one of the greatest matches I’ve ever seen Piper, Dean Ambrose is your new UWF Worlds Heavyweight Champion and what a way to do it. Love them, hate them, you call this stuff fake, look into that ring, look at the blood, look at the sweat, this is real competition Hot Rod, competition you really only find here in the UWF!
Piper: Even I am speechless at the epicness of this match. Any naysaying I had of Dean Ambrose is out the window, and even Daniel Bryan, he might be a crazy asshole but he proved he has what it takes as well. Dean Ambrose may be the Champion and the best man, but after what I just saw Daniel Bryan is a VERY close second.
JR: High Praise from you Hot Rod, are you sure you are feeling ok?
Piper: Dammit I need a beer, this soft stuff is for chicks.
Ambrose and Bryan are now both being put on stretchers as even Desmond Wolfe is now out there checking on the two gladiators. Officials cart out Bryan first and place him into the back of the ambulance. Ambrose is second but as the officials try to take the World Title from Ambrose he holds on to it fiercely. This causes the crowd to cheer everyone on the arena is on their feet. Wolfe places the title on Ambrose’s waist and tells the attendant to take it with him, he has earned it. The final image we see is Ambrose being lifted into the second ambulance his thumb up in a sign that he is ok as the camera’s fade. This is where Starrcade heads off the air.
Credits
Promos: Respective TTers
Batista vs Van Dam: EffectsofRaven
European Championship, World Heavyweight Championship: SBS
UWF Championship, Randy Orton vs John Cena, Christian vs Jericho, Anderson vs MVP: Cwalker
UWF Tuesday Night Raw and Friday Night Smackdown Proudly Presents....
Starrcade!
Official Theme Song-From the Inside by Linkin Park
[video=youtube;YLHpvjrFpe0]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YLHpvjrFpe0&feature=relmfu[/video]
The Pyro's inside the First Marina Arena go off and the sold out Baltimore Crowd is on their feet. The camera pans over the arena as fans go nuts trying to get themselves on TV with their signs. Stone Cold, Wade Barrett, Dean Ambrose, and Daniel Bryan are just some of the many signs in attendance as the hype has finally led here to UWF's first annual Starrcade. After several moments catering to the fans the camera takes us ringside where we are greeted by Tuesday Night Raw's Michael Cole and Jerry the King Lawler.
Michael Cole: Hello ladies and Gentlemen and we welcome all of you to the highly anticipated Starrcade. The very first UWF Pay Per View split between both Tuesday Night Raw and Friday Night Smackdown. I'm Michael Cole, the voice of UWF, alongside my partner Jerry "The King" Lawler and we will be calling the Raw side of things headlined by the UWF Championship match between the Champion Stone Cold Steve Austin and the former World Champion Wade Barrett.
Jerry "The King" Lawler: That on paper alone is a match worth seeing, but I can't help but feel there is a wild card involved in the faction known as the New World Order. The Champion could be decided by them which I hope to God isn't the case. After all each member of the nWo will be in action tonight, none of them bigger then the interbrand match-up between the leader Randy Orton and Smackdown's John Cena.
Michael Cole: And before we're forced to move on to our Smackdown counterparts, let's not forget there will be a number one contender match here tonight which could possibly steal the show as MVP and Mr. Anderson go head to head to find out who will be fighting the Champion next month. But's that all time we have its now my pleasure to turn it over to our Smackdown friends, Jim Ross and Hot Rod Roddy Piper.
The camera changes to the Smackdown booth being holed up by the two Wrestling Legends.
Jim "JR" Ross: Thank you Michael and if you look at this card partner there isn't alot of blue involved, that's because Smackdown was indeed a last minute decision by the board of directors, and here we are. However Smackdown does indeed have a World title match as the first Smackdown UWF Worlds Heavyweight Champion is going to be decided right here tonight in a personal 2 out of 3 falls match which in my opinion will be the match to end all matches.
Roddy "Rowdy" Piper: People questioned the General Manager's decision to put those two in a World Title match, but from what we saw going off the air Thursday Night changed alot of minds. Even I don't think they're both wastes of talent anymore. HA!
JR: Only 4 other Smackdown superstars are on the card. John Cena will be defending Smackdown's honor as Cole said against Randy Orton. The European Championship could find its way to Smackdown if Smackdown Superstar the Miz is able to defeat Raw's European European European Champion Antonio Cesaro!
Piper: I am not peeing JR. Though ten to one you'll pee yourself before the night is out. But hey some dumbass in my ear just told me that you are going to be interviewing Ted Dibiase later in that very ring tonight.
JR: I guess so Hot Rod. But now its time for our first contest of the evening. Smackdown's Dave Batista and Rob Van Dam are about to face off in an old fashioned Grudge match.
[video=youtube;5bO5BAujCbk]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5bO5BAujCbk[/video]
Rob Van Dam stands on the titantron and licks his thumb as Lillian Gracia goes to announce his name, suddenly Batista storms out from the backstage and clubs Rob Van Dam from the behind and official Mike Choida signals for the belt.
*Ding Ding Ding*
Jim Ross: What a cheap way for Batista to start this match up!
Roddy Piper: Ah c’mon JR, you should be used to these attacks from behind!
Batista grabs RVD by the head and tosses him straight into the titantron screening, RVD head bounces off of the titantron as hits the ground below him; RVD begins to stumble away as Batista roars and grabs him again and flings him up right against the titantron, RVD bounces off the titantron again. Batista roars and grabs RVD by the hair and runs along with RVD, looking to toss him off the staging, they meet the edge of the staging as he lets go RVD.
Jim Ross: RVD’s night be cut short here!
Roddy Piper: Robby is about to fly, ha!
RVD manages to swing his body and he uses his right arm to grab a hold of a pole on the side of the Starrcade titantron and swings himself around onto the side of the titantron! Batista goes to climb up to go after RVD but RVD quickly boots Batista in the face before scrambling up the side of the titantron, the fans are going nuts as RVD is on top of the titantron, Batista manages to get back feet as RVD looks around, thinking about the risk before going for it.
Jim Ross: This is a huge risk by RVD, he’s atleast 20 feet in the air, this could really backfire on him, Roddy!
Roddy Piper: Well, unleash you got a better idea to defeat the roid rager known Batista, please tell me!
RVD leaps off but Batista can’t move out of the way quick enough, as RVD successfully takes Batista down with a crossbody and the fans go nuts; RVD lays ontop of Batista hoping for the referee count but to no avail as it’s only pinfalls in the ring. RVD shakes his head and begins to pull Batista up but Batista comes alive and goes to throw RVD off the titantron but RVD manages to counter and Irish Whips Batista off the titantron, Batista flies off but only lands with a small bump.
Jim Ross: Another close call for RVD there.
Rob Van Dam has the fans behind as he looks at Batista, Batista gets to his as RVD charges across the staging and leaps off going for a flying Senton to Batista but Batista catches RVD into a half way powerbomb; Batista using his raw strength slams RVD into the side of the staging, smashing RVD through it, the fans erupt into “Holy shit†chants as Mike Choida yells at Batista to take it to ring but all people can see through the hole in the stage is RVD’s legs.
Roddy Piper: Well, Robby boy has taken too many risks.
Jim Ross: It ain’t over till the fat lady sings but if Rob Van Dam keeps taking risks, he’s gonna end up in hospital.
Batista grabs RVD by the leg and hauls him out from the wreckage, but it wakes RVD up, RVD quickly comes alive and manages to boot Batista in the face, stagger Batista, RVD quickly stands back up before Batista can get another blow it; RVD begins to nail Batista with forearm strikes forcing Batista towards the entrance ramp before hitting Batista with a high heel kick, knocking Batista down to the ground, RVD continues the assault as he drags Batista down the entrance ramp and goes to toss Batista into the ring steps but once again the raw power of Batista shows as Rob Van Dam is sent flying into the ring steps.
Jim Ross: And look at the raw power of Batista showing through here.
Rob Van Dam crashes and burns as Batista chuckles and begins to gain control as Batista grabs RVD and tosses him into the barricade before Batista rips the ring steps out and tosses them into the ring but his lapse in focus allows RVD to get back to his, RVD gives a back heel kick to the gut of Batista before Irish Whipping Batista into the barricade; Batista gets the wind knocked out of him, Batista is laid over the barricade, RVD quickly up onto the ring apron before leaping off going for the spinning kick to Batista.
Jim Ross: Rob Van Dam going for another risk, RVD is walking a fine line here!
Roddy Piper: It’s the only way RVD is going to beat the Animal.
RVD connects with it luckily and grabs pulls the Animal back into ringside before rolling him into the ring, RVD quickly hunts underneath the ring and pulls a steel chair. RVD rolls back into the ring and looks at Batista whose back to his feet, RVD quickly tosses the chair at Batista, Batista manages to grab the steel as RVD looks to follow through with the Van Daminator but Batista ducks and drops the chair; RVD manages to land on his feet but straight into a Spinebuster onto a steel chair! The fans boo wildly as Batista makes a cover.
One…
Two…
Jim Ross: That risk might have just cost RVD the match!
Roddy Piper: Will you shut up already about risks!
Thr…
NO! Rob Van Dam kicks out!
The fans leap out of their seats, going wild for RVD’s kick out as Batista roars in frustration, Batista storms over to the ring steps and begins to host them up as RVD shakes the cobwebs clear and gets back to his feet as Batista storms over with the ringsteps raised high above his head but Rob Van Dam quickly leaps up and hits a Van Daminator with the steel steps!
Jim Ross: Oh what a Van Daminator!
Batista stumbles back straight into the corner and collapses into a heap as Rob Van Dam looks around and lips his thumbs and the fans go wild “ROB VAN DAM!†as RVD rushes over to the turnbuckle looking directly at Batista and those Steel Steps, RVD leaps onto the ring ropes and takes a deep breathe before looking to go coast to coast.
Roddy Piper: RVD is wasting time here!
Jim Ross: This is a huge risk by RVD!
RVD leaps off the ring ropes but Batista is right up onto his feet and launches the steel ring steps straight into the face of RVD, whose still in mid flight; RVD crashes and burns as the ring steps bounces and burns as Batista picks up the lifeless RVD and delivers a thunderous spinebuster on the steel steps before making an arrogant cover on Rob Van Dam.
One…
Two…
Jim Ross: That risk by RVD has just cost him the match.
Roddy Piper: Spot monkeys for you!
Three…
*Ding Ding Ding*
Winner via pinfall at 12:45: Batista
The fans boo wildly as Batista puts his boot across the chest of RVD and roars and screams “I WANT MY TITLE SHOT!†before having his arm raised by Mike Choida before snatching his arm away, Batista begins to march out of the ring and up the ramp as medics check on Rob Van Dam. We then head backstag.
While UWF Starrcade rolls on, we're taken backstage as we're now inside the office of the Raw General Manager, Teddy Long. We watch Teddy Long walking around the office, feeling at home, adjusting everything and feeling set for a good night ahead. He stands proud of his work, when suddenly his head turns to the right and his face drops because of who has entered his office.
The person is quickly revealed as Captain Charisma, Christian, which prompts the attending Starrcade crowd to boo the sight of one third of the New World Order. Christian stands right next to Teddy Long, beaming smile on his face and with a clipboard in hand. Christian looks Teddy Long up and down before he speaks.
Christian: Teddy, Teddy, Teddy... it's great to see you! You're looking very sharp tonight.
Teddy Long: What do you want, Christian?
Christian: What do I want? I want a lot of things, Teddy, you know that. You've known that for quite some time, but never seem to give me what I...
Teddy Long: Let me stop ya there, playa. If all you're going to do is barge into my office and question my job as General Manager of Tuesday Night Raw, then you can just leave right now!
Christian begins to chuckle and shake his head.
Christian: Teddy, Teddy, you've got it all wrong... playa! I'm not here to question your job as General Manager of Raw, although we all know how bad of a job you've done, but that's for another day. I just thought I'd come and wish you good luck with the show and I really hope that everything runs smoothly for you. I mean that, Teddy, I really do. What a shame it would be if the match for the UWF Championship, your prized main event... well, if your main event didn't go exactly to plan. That'd be a real disappointment, wouldn't it, Teddy?
Teddy Long: What are you playing at, Christian?
Christian: Nothing at all, Teddy. If I was trying to tell you something, I'd tell it to your face, because that's just the guy I am. I don't need to hide behind cheap suits or glasses or abuse my power like you, Teddy, but that's also for another day. See I didn't just come here to wish you luck, and I think you know that too, so I'll just cut to the chase right now.
Christian looks down at the clipboard in his hand and begins to speak once again.
Christian: I bet you've been wondering what this is, huh Teddy? What this is is a contract. It's a contract that I've had drawn up by my lawyers that guarantees that once I beat Chris Jericho tonight, I am next in line for a shot at the UWF Championship. It already has my signature, so now all it needs is yours, Teddy. Seeing how I saved you the trouble of figuring out all the paperwork, the least you could do is give me one... more... World Championship match, something you know that I've deserved since our time in the WWE.
Teddy Long: Christian, I'm not gonna do that, playa.
Christian: What do you mean you're not gonna do it? I deserve a shot at the UWF Championship, and the facts are there for the world to see. Jericho was one of four men who competed for the Undisputed Championship at Backlash, yet Austin couldn't even pin him to become champion. After tonight, I will have pinned Jericho twice in two weeks, so I suggest you stop embarrassing yourself and give me what I want, and that is one... more... World Championship match.
Teddy Long doesn't say a word as Christian glares at him.
Christian: Come on, Teddy. You will give me what I...
Teddy Long: All I'm giving you is short notice, because if you don't leave my office right now... you will be suspended!
Christian freezes, eyes fixed on Teddy Long, completely shocked.
Christian: You... you can't do that!
Teddy Long: I'm afraid I can, playa. So what's it gonna be?
Christian cannot believe it has all been turned on his head in that way. He stands rooted to the spot, looking off in the distance, completely pissed off.
He looks back at Teddy Long and gets right into his face.
Christian: You'll pay for this, Teddy. You're lucky I have a match that I need to prepare for. This isn't over!
Christian begins to leave Long's office before he is stopped in his tracks.
Teddy Long: Hold on, Christian, I've got one last thing. I saw what you and Randy did to John Cena on Smackdown playa, and not only was I unimpressed with what I saw, but the two of you breached your Raw contracts by appearing on Smackdown, just like your pal Cody did last week. So, with that in mind, on behalf of UWF Headquarters, you will BOTH be fined! And, like I said to Cody too, if you continue to breach your contract by appearing on Smackdown, you WILL be suspended!
Christian is fuming, he cannot believe what's happening right now, and the fact that Teddy Long visibly enjoys it infuriates him further. While Christian's leaving the office, Long speaks.
Teddy Long: Enjoy your night, Christian. Holla Holla Holla!
The crowd all cheer for the General Manager, as we're taken to ringside for the next match.
Whoa Oh
[video=youtube;QEZP_bArtRI]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QEZP_bArtRI[/video]
Rhodes music hits the arena, and the crowd boo louder than ever, coming to Starrcade expecting to not even have to see the crazed masked superstar. Rhodes comes out on stage, looking angry he doesn’t do his usual walk down the stage instead storming down the ramp towards the ring. He quickly walks around the ring, he suddenly snatches the microphone from Roberts and shoves him backwards in the process before he rolls into the ring
Cody Rhodes:
Cut the music
*Rhodes stands in the middle of the ring looking out as his music fades off, he looks down as he puts the microphone up to his mouth*
Stone Cold Steve Austin, Wade Barrett, Antonio Cesaro, The Miz, Daniel Bryan, Dean Ambrose, all these men have two things in common. One, they all have the opportunity to leave tonight with a championship in hand. And two, they have all lost to Cody Rhodes in one way or another. Whether it be in Tournaments, whether it be in tag team matches, whether it be in battle royals they have fallen to me and yet all these men have the opportunity to have a shining moment tonight, Hell the likes of MVP and Mr. Anderson a man I defeated recently can become quote unquote “Number one contender†tonight while I am not even booked on the card. Now I understand Mr. Lesnar was injured but I am tired of the likes of Bobby Roode and Stone Cold getting all the attention while I am still being left out to dry. We in the nWo are going to be changing things around here, but I am out here because there are a couple things you people need to realize.
*Rhodes takes his hood off*
I am the greatest United States champion in history; I am so great the man who keeps trying to overlook me strapped this championship around my waist himself. This isn’t arrogance this is fact, I am the reason Paul London, Kassius Ohno, Drew McIntyre, and the great big machine... Brock Lesnar is no longer here in UWF. I am the sole reason this company got off the ground by being its first World Heavyweight Champion, this championship I have it is officially THE championship around here and it isn’t because of the so called hall of famers who have held it. It is because of who holds it right now, there is not one person NOT ONE in that locker room that is in my league. The reason you all hate me is because you know that is true, you all know if I were to be in matches with your biggest heroes that I would win it’s happened before and it would happen again. I’ve humbled the war machine, I’ve ended those who were hailed as the future, there is a reason whenever I have a match and I come out to speak about it more often than not that person decided not to show up to talk. Because they were afraid of what I’m capable of when there isn’t a referee to stop me, no one ever faces me willingly because they know if they were to get on my bad side they can look forward to joining the likes of Brock Lesnar in the hospital hell I’d even go so far as to dare anyone to face me because I’d know they wouldn’t even attempt to risk facing an angry Cody Rhodes. And they have reason to fear, because no matter the age, the brand, or the accomplishments, If you are a UWF Superstar you are not in Cody Rhodes Leag-
Rhodes is cut off turning towards the stage
[video=youtube;bB0N89Ycmx8]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bB0N89Ycmx8[/video]
Cole: It Can't Be!!!
The iconic music of one Bill Goldberg starts playing over the announce system. The fans begin to pop as the beat radiates throughout the arena. Cody Rhodes has a look of shock on his face as Goldberg was the last person he expected to see. The fans start chanting "Goldberg!, Goldberg!, Goldberg!" over and over again.
King: Oh! I bet Cody Rhodes never saw this coming!
On the stage, the pyro begins shooting up. The fireworks are everywhere and seen standing in the fireworks is a man. A silouette is seen. The man is ready to strike.
Cole: He's standing in the fireworks King!!
The pyro finally stops and the man stands tall, but it's not who everyone thought it was.
King: You've got to be kidding me!
Cole: It's...it's Gillberg!
Gillberg starts walking down the ramp, spasming as always. The "Goldberg" chants now become "Gillberg" chants because even though the fans wanted to see "Da Man", some fans have a feeling of nostalgia for the imitator.
Gillberg enters the ring and Cody Rhodes can't stop laughing. He tries to stop momentarily, so he can speak.
Rhodes: You? You want to face me? That's rich. Fine, if that's what you really want, I'll prove how great of a United States Champion I'm going to be.
The bell rings and Gillberg charges, looking for a Spear. Rhodes sees him coming in and meets his charge with a big boot to the face. Gillberg goes limp and hits the mat.
Cole: This may be the toughest challenge of Cody Rhodes' young career.
King: You're joking right?
Rhodes lifts Gillberg off the mat, before grabbing him by the waist and then bringing him back down on the canvas with an Alabama Slam. Gillberg's head bounces off the mat and Rhodes goes for the first cover of the "match"...
1...
2...
Rhodes picks Gillberg's shoulder off the mat!
The referee tells Rhodes about pulling his shoulder off the mat. Rhodes repsonds by saying that Gillberg has a lot of fight left in him. He lifts Gillberg to his feet in the center of the ring before running to the ropes and springboarding off, kicking Gillberg in the skull with the Disaster Kick. Gillberg goes back down and Rhodes goes for another cover...
1...
2...
Again, Rhodes lifts Gillberg off the mat!
Cole: Honestly, I don't remember Gillberg being this tough.
Rhodes once again lifts Gillberg off the mat before wrapping his arms around Gillberg's neck. Rhodes spins and slams Gillberg down with Cross Rhodes. The challenger's body slams hard on the mat as Rhodes goes for the cover...
1...
2...
3...
Roberts: Here is your winner and Still UWF United States Champion; Cody Rhodes!
Rhodes holds his Championship high in the air. He feigns exhaustion and rolls under the bottom rope and heads up the ramp. He continues to enjoy the moment before reaching the stage and posing with his title one more time.
We go backstage where we see Antonio Cesaro and Aksana arriving for the Pay Per View with the words earlier today written underneath them. Josh Matthews quickly scurries up to them and begins an interview.
Josh Matthews: Antonio!, Antonio!.
Aksana: No sir, Mister Antonio is busy.
Josh Matthews: I just wanted to ask about his match tonight with The Miz in the Steel Cage and -
Antonio cuts Josh off. He has an arrogant tone to his voice.
Antonio Cesaro: You wanted to know about my match with The Miz tonight. My European Championship match with The Miz tonight inside the Steel Cage?. My thoughts?, well my thoughts are very simple Josh, 'I must win this match'. It is what I think every time I step into the wrestling ring, and more than often it tends to be the outcome that I do win. Ask The Miz, he should know, ask Mister Anderson, ask Cody Rhodes... I have beaten all of them because my attitude is one that dictates that failure is not an option. And tonight, this is especially true. For tonight I'm stepping inside a Steel Cage with my pride and joy on the line. My one true love, the European Championship. A Championship I've held now for almost 3 months... a title that I have held twice before I might add... and a title that I must... and will continue to hold to maintain the prestige surrounding it that the term 'European Championship' means it should have. The Miz doesn't have this. He doesn't have class, he doesn't have the intelligence, the fashion sense and the wrestling acumen that I have... simply put he is not Very European, I am. And that is why tonight I will make sure that The Miz knows that he is no match for me... that he was drafted to the B-Show for a reason, and that no one, NO ONE, will ever and I mean ever, take away this European Championship from Mister Antonio Cesaro.
Antonio Cesaro and Aksana share a smile and a laugh, before Antonio turns back to Josh with a serious face.
Now are we done?.
Cesaro walks off, leaving Matthews bewildered, Aksana walks past him shaking her head disapprovingly at Josh. We then head back ringside.
Roberts: The following is a grudge match and it's scheduled for one fall. Introducing first, from Toronto, Ontario, Canada, weighing in at 220 pounds; Christian!
[video=youtube;ZpteHp-hb0A]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZpteHp-hb0A[/video]
The version of "Just Close Your Eyes" by Waterproof Blondes can be heard bellowing out of the arena's PA system, signalling the imminent arrival of Captain Charisma, Christian. Although many UWF fans are gearing themselves to sing along with the theme music - not due to their enjoyment of the arriving Christian, rather due to the fact they just enjoy the song - their hatred for Christian grows when it cuts to the New World Order's theme just five seconds in. About ten seconds after the commencement of the NWO theme music, Christian emerges from the back sporting a smirk on his face as he looks around at the booing audience. Christian only momentarily stands on the stage before choosing to make his way down the ramp towards the ring.
Fans can be seen hurling abuse at the charismatic man, but Christian doesn't acknowledge the jeers whatsoever, as he is focused on his objective. Christian reaches the bottom of the ramp, rounds the corner and walks up the steel steps, before approaching the ring ropes. Christian walks along the ring apron, wipes his feet and enters the ring, where he waits for his opponent.
Roberts: And his opponent, from Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, weighing in at 227 pounds; "Y2J" Chris Jericho!
5...
4...
3...
2...
1...
Break
the Walls
Down!
Jericho does his old trademark pose. He spins around to the delight of the fans. Y2J makes his way down the ramp, slapping a few hands along the way. He soon heads to the steel steps before posing on the ring apron and entering the ring, ready for the match to start.
The bell rings and Chris Jericho immediately slaps Christian in the face. Christian’s face tells the story as he didn’t see that one coming. Christian turns his attention back to Jericho, and when he does, Jericho meets him with a beautiful standing dropkick. Christian goes down to the mat and Jericho goes for the first cover of the match….
1…
2…
Christian kicks out!
Jericho quickly gets off of Christian before quickly mounting him and throwing punches into Christian’s face…
King: Jericho’s coming out like a ball of fire!
Cole: Jericho’s just jealous that Christian has been such a success since coming to UWF.
Jericho gets off Christian before bouncing off the near ropes and dropping a knee across Christian’s throat. Jericho then goes for another cover on Christian…
1…
2…
Christian kicks out!
Christian rolls over to the ring apron, trying to get away from Jericho. He gets on his feet on the apron, and Jericho goes right after him. Jericho grabs Christian by the arm and throws it over his shoulder. Jericho tries to suplex Christian back in the ring, but Christian blocks it. Jericho tries it again, and once more, Christian blocks. Jericho tries a third time, and this time he does get Christian up. But as Christian is in mid-suplex, he shifts his weight and lands on his feet inside the ring behind Jericho. Christian uses this, and in one swift move, he drives both knees into Jericho’s back with a vicious backstabber…
Cole: What a counter by Christian!
Jericho grabs his spine in pain as Christian goes for a cover…
1…
2…
Jericho kicks out!
Christian quickly gets off Jericho before heading to the turnbuckle. He ascends to the second turnbuckle and waits for Jericho to get to his feet. Eventually Chris does, and staggers to the corner where Christian is. Christian grabs Jericho by the head before leaping off the top rope and making two revolutions in the air, slamming Jericho’s head onto the mat with a Tornado DDT. As Jericho’s skull crashes off the canvas, Christian quickly rushes to the cover…
1…
2…
Chris Jericho kicks out!
Cole: Brilliant move by Christian!
King: I hate to agree with you Cole, but it was!
Christian starts clapping his hands together. He lets everyone know that the end is near. The crowd starts clapping too, even though Christian is heel. Christian positions himself behind Jericho, preparing to strike. Once Jericho pulls himself to his feet, Christian grabs both of Jericho’s arms, before underhooking and spinning, looking for the Killswitch…
Cole: Killswitch!
Jericho blocks it though, breaking Christian’s grip on his arms. Jericho then grabs Christian by the waist and throws him overhead with a German Suplex. Jericho bridges Christian and the referee begins to count…
1…
2…
Christian kicks out!
Both men get to their feet at the same time, and Jericho quickly strikes with an enziguiri. Christian goes to the mat face down and Jericho quickly runs the ropes before springboarding and moonsaulting, hitting Christian’s back with the Lionsault…
Cole: Lionsault!
Jericho quickly rolls Christian over and goes for the cover…
1…
2…
Christian kicks out!
Jericho quickly lifts Christian off the mat before quickly placing him on the ropes. Jericho then throws Christian to the opposing ropes, when Christian reverses. As Jericho comes back, Christian hits him with a back elbow that sends Jericho to the mat in a seated position. Christian then uses this opportunity to bounce off the ropes and kick Jericho square in the face. Jericho goes down and Christian goes for the cover…
1…
2…
Jericho kicks out!
Christian then heads back to the turnbuckle, where he climbs to the second one and waits for Jericho to get up. Jericho does indeed rise, and when he does, Christian leaps off and drives a reverse elbow into Jericho’s face. Jericho goes back down and Christian goes for another cover…
1…
2…
Jericho kicks out!
Christian heads towards the corner and gets in a three point stance. He prepares to strike Jericho once more. Jericho starts pulling himself up in the opposing corner, and when he is fully to his feet, Christian charges in, looking for a Spear…
Cole: Spear!!
Christian goes for the Spear, but as he’s about to connect, Chris Jericho is able to leapfrog over Christian. Christian runs face first into the second turnbuckle pad and Jericho quickly rolls him up…
1…
2…
Christian kicks out!
Both men get to their feet at the same time. Christian looks to strike first, leaving his feet and trying to wrap his legs around Jericho’s head, looking for a hurricanrana. Jericho blocks it, and steps over, locking Christian in the Walls of Jericho….
King: The Walls!!
Christian quickly gets to the ropes, knowing what was in his future…
Cole: These two know each other so well. Christian just escaped the Walls of Jericho, just as Jericho escaped the Killswitch earlier.
Jericho reluctantly breaks the hold. He lets everyone know it’s over. He begins to stalk Christian. Christian pulls himself to his feet, and turns back to Jericho. Jericho responds by leaping the air and wrapping his arms around Christian’s head, looking for a Codebreaker…
Cole: Codebreaker!
Christian counters yet again by wrapping his arms around Jericho’s legs, blocking the signature finish. Christian then responds by taken Jericho, who is in his control and slamming him to the mat with a modified spinebuster.
King: Christian counters another big time Jericho move!
As Christian drives Jericho’s body to the mat, he goes for another cover…
1…
2…
Jericho kicks out!
Christian gets to his feet a few times before slapping his chest and dedicating this match to his “peepsâ€. Christian then heads to the ring apron before climbing to the top. Christian then jumps off, looking for the Frog Splash, only to have Jericho move out of the way.
King: Another counter!
Christian rolls through though, avoiding all collateral damage. He rolls to one side of the ring as Jericho gets up on the other. Christian charges in and Jericho catches him and brings both knees to his face with a Codebreaker. Christian goes limp and goes down to the mat as Jericho goes for the win…
1…
2…
Christian rolls a shoulder!
Cole: He just kicked out of the Codebreaker!
Jericho can’t believe it! He quickly looks down on Christian before running towards the ropes and moonsaulting off of them, looking for another Lionsault. Christian is able to counter though, getting his knees up, driving both of them into Jericho’s chest. Jericho rolls around the ring in pain as Christian gets to his feet and shakes the cobwebs off. Christian positions himself behind Jericho and as Jericho pulls himself up, Christian grabs him by the head before bringing him to the mat with a reverse DDT. Jericho grabs his head in pain as he hits the mat and Christian goes for another cover…
1…
2…
Jericho kicks out!
Christian quickly gets off Jericho before taking a moment to himself. He ponders what to do next. A light bulb goes off and he comes up with an idea. He goes to Jericho’s legs and grabs them. He takes both legs and turns Jericho onto his stomach in a high angle Boston Crab…
Cole: Christian is trying to put Chris Jericho in his own Walls of Jericho.
Jericho yells in pain as Christian has his own submission locked in. Christian mocks Y2J by yelling “Ask Him†to the referee. The ref does indeed ask Jericho, but Chris says no. Jericho looks at the ropes and realizes that they’re too far to crawl to. Jericho instead comes up with a brilliant counter. He begins turning onto his stomach, trying to alleviate the pressure. Jericho does and as he lies on his back now, he grabs Christian by the head and cradles him for a pin…
1…
2…
Christian kicks out!
Jericho crawls to the ropes, trying to pull himself up. He’s feeling the effects of the Walls. He does get to his feet though, and when he does, Christian comes right at him with a Spear!
Cole: Christian’s going back to the well!
And once again, Chris Jericho is able to leapfrog over Christian. This time Christian saw that coming though. And as Jericho leaps over Christian and lands on his feet, Christian grabs Jericho’s arms from behind him, before underhooking and spinning, slamming his head on the canvas with the Killswitch!
King: Killswitch!
Jericho’s head slams hard and Christian turns him over and goes for the cover…
1…
2…
3…
Roberts: Here is your winner; Christian!
Cole: And Christian picks up the victory!
“Just Close Your Eyes†starts playing and Christian staggers to his feet. The referee raises his hand, but Christian tells him not to touch him. Christian looks down on Jericho before rolling under the ropes and heading over to the timekeeper. Christian then grabs two chairs from ringside and brings them back into the ring.
King: What the hell is he doing?
Jericho starts pulling himself up in the ring, and Christian meets him with a shot from the chair to the face. Jericho goes back down and Christian gets a sadistic smile on his face. Christian then lifts Jericho’s head off the canvas before putting one of the chairs he grabbed under Jericho’s head…
Cole: Oh No! I know what he’s thinking!
Christian looks down on Jericho one more time before raising the second chair and bringing it down on Jericho’s skull with a one man Conchairto!
King: Oh My God! We need help out here!
Jericho’s body seizures and Christian leaves the ring, satisfied in his actions!
King: These guys used to be best friends and now this has happened!
Christian makes his way up the ramp, before looking back at Jericho one more time. He then disappears to the back.
---------------------
UWF Great American Bash!
---------------------
Lillian Garcia: The following contest is a cross brand match between Raw and Smackdown, and it will be contested inside a Steel Cage! It will be for the UWF European Championship! Introducing first the challenger...
[video=youtube;wBU4iaKMsJg]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wBU4iaKMsJg[/video]
The crowd boos heavily as the duo of The Miz and Paul Heyman come out from behind the curtains. The two heads straight for the ring without even listening to the hatred the fans are pouring on them. As The Miz heads inside the ring, he heads to the closest corner and climbs the middle turnbuckle and holds his arms in a cocky way in the air while Paul Heyman takes his place at ringside.
Lillian Garcia: Representing Smackdown, from Cleveland Ohio, being accompanied to the ring by Paul Heyman, weighing in tonight at 220 lbs. The Miz!
JR: No folks do not adjust your screens for this match up I'm going to be teaming up with my old partner and one of my best friends Jerry the King Lawler.
King: Thanks JR, its good to be working with you again, especially when it is going to be Raw coming out victorious here in the first cross brand match in the history of UWF.
Justin Roberts: And his opponent...
Suddenly a familiar song fills the arena with immediate disdain.
'WE'RE ALL LIVING IN AMERICA, AMERICA, IT'S WUNDERBAR
WE'RE ALL LIVING IN AMERICA, AMERICA, AMERICA...'
'Amerika' by Rammstien hits the PA system. Before long Antonio Cesaro steps out onto the entrance stage from behind the curtain and has the sourest of expressions plastered all over his face. Seemingly infuriated, Cesaro wastes no time walking down to the ring. He walks up the ring steps and along the outside of the ring apron and does his signature pose before turning towards the ring.
Justin Roberts: Representing Tuesday Night Raw, from Switzerland, weighing in tonight at 232 lbs, he is the current and reigning UWF European Champion, Antonio Cesaro!
King: I'm serious JR. Look at this guy, he is perfection, well he's not American so I guess he isn't perfect, but Raw's guy here has a clear advantage just looking at him.
JR: Last time I checked King, the Miz had a victory over Raw's boy. I don't like the Miz anymore than I like Cesaro, but since they are stuck inside a Steel Cage where neither side can interefere, it is anyone's ball game and I wouldn't be surprised if the Miz came out with it.
Both men stand across from each other as the Steel Cage comes down from the rafters and traps both men inside the ring as the European Championships fate is about to be decided.
DING DING DING!
The bell rings and the Miz and Cesaro each take in the steel structure weather impressed, scared, or a mixture of both it is impossible to tell. Cesaro turns his back on the Miz to test the steel structure and Heyman yells to the Miz, “Now!†The Miz begins to go to attack Cesaro but the European Powerhouse turns and takes Miz down with a clothesline to the delight of the crowd. It appears the European Champion is indeed the fan favorite in this match regardless of his heel status. Miz gets to his feet and Cesaro grabs him and attempts to send him into the steel but the Miz catches himself on the cage breathing a sigh of relief. The Miz turns back to his opponent and the European European lifts Miz up and slams him to the mat with a body slam. Aksana cheers on her man who poses for the crowd which gets heat from the Smackdown fans.
King: I told you JR, The European Champion is just dominating here in the early going. What do you think of Smackdown’s chances now?
JR: The match is still early King. I’m not quite worried just yet.
Cesaro calls for the Miz to come get some more and The Miz attempts to hit Cesaro with a punch, but Cesaro blocks it before delivering a European Uppercut right into the chin of Miz. Miz is holding himself up against the ropes, Cesaro again hits an Uppercut and yet the Miz is still standing. Cesaro brings the Miz in and sends him to the mat with a gutwrench suplex that gets the approval of the crowd. The Champion is indeed showing why he has been a champion for so long as he begins begging for the Miz to get up again. The Miz slowly gets to his feet and Cesaro taunts again as if trying to get the crowd behind him it is clear he is mocking the crowd. Cesaro grabs the Miz and lifts him up into a vertical suplex, but he doesn’t immediately take the Miz down to the mat, instead he just holds the Miz up in the air for several seconds before sending him crashing to the mat. Cesaro goes for the cover.
1…
2…
The Miz kicks out!
JR: I’ve got to say King, I’ve not been able to call the European Champion’s matches in a long time and I am really impressed with his strength. The Miz is definitely out matched here.
King: I told you JR, the whole world isn’t giving the Miz a chance here tonight and now it is obvious why.
Cesaro shakes his head feeling sorry for the Miz, to have kicked out was a giant mistake to the champion as he brings Miz to his feet and lifts him up onto his shoulders looking for a running powerslam, but the Miz fights and falls off shoving Cesaro as hard as he can and he goes into the corner. Cesaro turns around in the corner and the Miz rushes him, but gets a boot to his face as Cesaro is able to counter. Cesaro tosses Miz into the corner of the ring before getting down and driving his shoulders into the mid-section of the Smackdown Superstar. Heyman is screaming on the outside of the cage, trying to get Miz into the match but it just isn’t happening. Miz is hurting now as Cesaro pulls the former Reality TV Star into a short arm clothesline before the champion tries to retain his title with a cover.
1…
2…
Miz kicks out!
The crowd is surprised the Miz was able to kick out at two there with the beating he is taking, no one is happier than Heyman, his hat falling off in the celebration, as Cesaro isn’t very happy. He takes the Miz by the legs and lifts him up and begins swinging him around in the Giant Swing, Cesaro appears to be laughing as he tosses the Miz to the mat with ease. “This is the man who almost took my title, please, I’m insulted.†Cesaro tells Aksana at ringside before going over to his opponent and picking him up, he shoots the Miz off the ropes and gets down preparing to send the Miz flying on the way back, but the Miz stuns Cesaro by getting a kick into his chest. Seeing a small moment of opportunity the Miz connects with a European uppercut of his own. Getting more confident with each attack the Miz unleashes another uppercut before sending the champion to the mat with a neckbreaker. The Miz goes for his first pinfall of the match up.
1…
2…
Cesaro kicks out!
JR: And the Miz has finally appeared to come to life here King, and maybe just in time as things were not looking so good their towards the end.
King: The Miz is just delaying the inevitable JR. Cesaro is going to walk out the winner here tonight.
The Miz brings Cesaro to his feet and knees him in the gut in hopes of keeping him off balance. The Miz than tosses Cesaro hard into the corner and with a look of desperation on his face charges Cesaro and connects with a swinging corner clothesline. The Miz remains calm and quiet but on the outside Heyman is taunting the hell out Aksana. Aksana responds by slapping Heyman across the face which gets a nice pop from the crowd. The official on the outside separates the two as the Miz watches from ringside as if wondering what the hell is going on. He turns back to Cesaro after the commotion but Cesaro is back now hitting Miz with another uppercut of the European varient, Miz answers with a right hand of his own before whipping Cesaro, but Cesaro reverses it and the Miz bounces off the ropes and is dropped to the mat. The Miz gets up off the mat in pain and he should have just stayed down as Cesaro sends him right back with a bicycle kick. Cesaro makes the cover.
1…
2…
3.. NO!
The Miz gets a shoulder up almost at 3 which surprises the crowd.
JR: That bicycle kick looked as if it took the Miz’s head off. You have to be impressed the Miz was able to kick out there.
King: The Miz’s brains must have broken on that kick JR, that’s the only reason I can see him kicking out after the beating he is receiving.
Cesaro dusts off his hands as if signaling he’s done and this is now just nawing at his patients. He cracks his knuckles before picking up the challenger from Smackdown and lifting him up above his head in a military press. The crowd is clearly impressed by Cesaro’s showing as he tosses the Miz into the steel cage meshing. The Miz’s body makes a nasty sound before falling back to the mat. The European Champion smiles at his handiwork as he begins walking towards the door and signaling the official to open it. The official opens it and Cesaro walks towards victory, he gets down through the ropes prepared to walk out when the cage comes crashing into him, Paul Heyman has taken the cage away from the official and slammed it into Cesaro’s skull.
King: I thought the whole point of this match was so that stuff like this didn’t happen.
JR: Should the Miz walk out of this with the European Title he better give Paul Heyman a raise because he just saved Smackdown’s ass.
Cesaro and the Miz are both down, a shot of Aksana shows she is horrified and worried about the condition of the European Champion. The Miz begins to stir first, his damage coming a few moments before Cesaro’s. The former Reality TV Star begins military crawling his way to his opponent and drapes an arm across him.
1…
2…
3… NO!
Cesaro gets the shoulder up. The hopes of Raw are still alive here in this first cross brand match up. Both men get to their feet the Miz a few seconds before Cesaro and as the European Champion gets to his feet the Miz grabs him, but Cesaro instinctively takes Miz into the corner of the ring, but the Miz brings down both arms onto the back of Cesaro which forces the Champion to his knees. The Miz is quick to bring him out of the corner and hit a snap DDT on his kneeling foe to some cheers but mostly jeers. The Miz goes for the cover.
1…
2…
3.. NO!
The Miz and Heyman both can’t believe it as Miz rages by slamming his fists into the mat. The Miz brings Cesaro to his feet and begins to look for the Skull Crushing finale but Cesaro elbows him before sending the Miz to the mat with a hip toss. The Miz gets to his feet and Cesaro drops him with a clothesline, going back to the well in attempting to wear the Miz back down. Miz gets to his feet and Cesaro lifts him up into a running powerslam position before taking off for the steel cage meshing. Heyman yells at the top of his lungs and the Miz reacts dropping just in time, Cesaro stops himself on the ropes giving the Miz an opening. Miz hits Cesaro with a low blow that garners the most heat for the match yet. Cesaro is defenseless now as The Miz sets him up for the Skull Crushing Finale, but the Miz turns Cesaro towars the mesh of the cage and brings Cesaro into it. The Miz has just hit the Skull Crushing Finale off of the steel cage. The crowd can’t believe what they just saw as the Miz makes the cover.
1…
2…
3…
Here is Your Winner and the NEW UWF European Champion: The Miz!
King: What?! Are you kidding me? What the hell just happened?
JR: Bah Gawd! The Miz did it! The European Championship is coming to Smackdown King thanks to a skull crushing finale off of the steel.
King: Raw will be the victor at the end of the night JR. You’ll see.
The cage is lifted back into the rafters as the Miz is handed the European Championship and Heyman slides in to share the moment with his client. Heyman raises the Miz’s arm with the European title in the other as the two celebrate the victory as UWF Starrcade continues.
MVP is backstage getting ready for his number one contendership match later in the night, when suddenly he is joined by the Undisputed Champion, a man he may soon be facing if both he and Austin are victorious tonight.
Stone Cold: I can't believe my eyes, it's You Dubya Eff's highest paid superstar. That is what ya claim, isn't it?
MVP stops what he's doing and turns to Austin, the look on his face a dead giveaway that he's not in the mood for any of Stone Cold's games..
MVP: What do you want, Steve?
Stone Cold: I want you ta' take the bass out of yer voice before I say ta' hell with the number one contendership match and give you a reason ta' wear that stupid little bandage on your nose. You're talking to the Undisputed Champion, the real highest paid superstar in You Dubya Eff. But I didn't come here ta' talk wages, I came here ta' talk about yer match tonight. When all is said and done, it's gonna be either you or Ken that's gonna be next in line for a shot at this title, and I'm gonna be watchin' very intently ta' see which one of ya it's gonna be. Not because I'm hopin' for one over the other, because honestly it doesn't matter who it is aside from simple curiosity. The outcome of your match is only going to effect the outcome of the winner's title match in one way. If you win, Stone Cold gets ta' whip the colored boy's ass. If you lose, Stone Cold gets ta' whip the white boy's ass. Now before you go writin' a diss rap, understand that I'm not makin' it about race, because it's not about race, it's about ability, and neither of you have the amount of ability it's gonna take to win this championship from me. Not on pay-per-view, not on Raw, not on Smackdown, not at all. In fact....
MVP puts his hand up to cut Stone Cold off.
MVP: Let me stop you right there Stone Cold, what makes you think you can just walk into my lockeroom, just a few minutes before I go out and easily dispatch of Mr Anderson and disrespect me, bore me to death with your rambling ons? I should be getting ready for my match, sipping on a few cocktails, doing a few stretchs lifting up the money bags that Teddy Long has just dropped off but instead like I said, you wanna waltz in here like your something, like your better then me. You obviously know who I am otherwise you would of walked straight past my door but instead you couldn't help it, you had to come in and see what all the fuss was about, if all the hype is real, if I really am the biggest threat to your Undisputed Championship reign and I can see it in your eyes Steve, I can see that the cogs are aligning themselves in your head, the gears are working overtime but you have come to the answer of all those questions. The answer is a resounding YES!!! The fuss all about me is deserved, all the hype that has people talking is real and I certainly am the biggest threat to your title. You should be watching this match tonight, you should be watching and trying to figure out if I have any weaknesses, if there is maybe something you can do stop me but I'll tell you now Steve, nothing you can do, nothing you think you do will stop the roll of MVP, every week my swag will be getting higher and higher, Mr Anderson tried it before and he failed, Randy Orton tried to slow it on Raw and I dominated the Leader of the NWO without breaking a sweat. I know that impresses you Stone Cold but nothing you do impresses me, I saw the end of Raw, I saw you laid out going through that table so if I was you, I wouldn't worry about MVP, I wouldn't worry about carrying that title around for much longer because if I was a betting man, my bet would be that after Starrcade, you will be at the back of the line, competiting in the first match of the night against CM Punk, oh wait, you already do that and your champion, oh dear lord, I don't wanna see what happens next week when you don't have that championship, if I was you, I would enjoy your last match in UWF.
MVP smirks at Stone Cold as he looks down at the table in front of him but Stone Cold doesn't leave. He continues to stare at MVP. He opens his mouth and speaks again as MVP lifts his head. [/QUOTE]
Stone Cold: I'm not here to impress you, kid, even if I was still slappin' hands with the fans and givin' advice to the boys in the back and gettin' cheered and all that bullshit, you wouldn't even be on my radar. I didn't come in here because I wanted ta' see what all the hype is about, because I don't listen to the hype, I listen to my own impressions, and ta' me yer nothin' but a polished piece a' shit tryna' pass himself off as bein' worth somethin'. You can talk about money and livin' lavishly all you want kid, you can dress as flashy as you want, but ta' me and a lot a' people watchin' yer just an ex-convict tryna' stay on the right side of the law so you don't have ta' go back. If you manage ta' win tonight and keep yer nose clean, I'll be waitin'.
Austin turns to leave, but MVP stops him.
MVP: Lets not end it just yet Steve, trust me, i'll show you the door when I am done, whether it's walking you there or putting your big bald head through it. Steve, I've been watching you for a while, it seems I've seen so many different versions of you over the years, the beer drinker, the ass kicker, the bleeder, the legend, the icon and then I have seen the ass kisser, the coward, a man who attacks women, a man that runs away but like I said Steve, I have yet to see a side to you that impresses me. This big bad image you try to dress yourself up in before you came in to my lockeroom, I see right through it, I see the fear in your eyes, I see it I really do but I know it's because you know I'm worth something. The people in the back are all talking about me and the impact I have made in such a short time, hell they given me a match against a man that I have already laid out. You are looking at the future right now Steve so how about you take a picture, how about you get your pencil out and begin to draw because this face will never leave your mind, this face will be in your brain 24/7 and to be honest Steve, I hope you win tonight, I hope you beat Wade Barrett so then I can show you what it feels like to be BALLIN!!!
MVP does his trademark taunt as Stone Cold doesn't look impressed.
Stone Cold: We'll see.
Austin turns and walks away as Starrcade pans away to another segment.
Michael Cole: Ladies and gentlemen, we welcome you from the Mariner Arena in Baltimore, Mariland!
Jerry Lawler: We just witnesed another breath taking match as one of the biggest Pay Per Views of the year continues! We are just moments away from seeing ...... going one on one with .......
Jerry Lawler stops talking as people in the arena sit anxiously and wait to see some in-ring action.
All of a sudden, lights in the arena go off. Some people are talking to people who sit next to them, asking what this is all about but some people already know what this means as they start to scream.
LIGHTS OUT!
Lights Out by Hollywood Undead blasts through the arena speakers as pyros explode and the entrance ramp gets covered in purple smoke. When music hit the speakers people automatlly jumped on their feet, not believing what is happening. Music continues to play when suddenly Austin Aries is seen running through the purple smoke and people go absolutely crazy, they haven't seen him in almost a month.
Austin Aries runs down the entrance ramp as people cheer him. Aries slides right into the ring and climbs the turnbuckle. Aries asks for a microphone and he gets one. For a while, Aries keeps looking to the crowd with a microphone in his hand with a smile on his face.
Austin Aries:
It's been a while, huh? I so missed running through that curtain with my blood full of adrenaline. My thanks go to all of you people who reminded me what it feels like. When you don't have a chance to do what you do best and what you love to do you always get stressed when you get on oppurtunity to come back and keep on doing your thing but now I'm back and I'm better than ever! This time, I'm not going anywhere. You know, I had to take a little break due to family issues. I wasn't away because of Randy Orton and this little nWo thing. I wasn't away because Steve Austin took my title away from me. I doesn't matter. What does matter is that now I'm back and I'm looking for revenge, I'm looking to reclaim what is rightfully mine but first things first. Since I was away a lot of things happened around here. We have a new brand with Nige... uhm... with Desmond Wolfe as the general manager. We have some new superstars. New superstars...I'm getting to my point. You know, I have no problem with new superstars joining UWF. Having new competetion always feels good. But do you know what doesn't? When someone who did nothing thus far talks trash about you. You know you are stuck in the backstage, listening to me right now because you don't deserve to perform at a Pay Per View. It must feel so bad that you don't have any air time and the man who just came back has, doesn't it, Regal?
*People begin to boo hard as Aries mentions William Regal.*
My first question. How dare you?! How dare you call me talentless. How dare you you disrespectfull little prick?! Do you know who I am? I am the greatest man that ever lived and you are nowhere near me. You have a big mouth for someone who did nothing in his career. Oh, my bad. You "won" a CWF Hardcore Championship. You and CWF management screwed R-Truth out of the title. I remember one more thing. Do you remember when beat you for the CWF European Championship? I think you do. I accomplished more in 6 months than you were able to since you left WWE. It's like year or two I think. I don't need to waste my time talking about you. What I want to say. Accomplish something and then come back and call me talentless. Unless you don't, do not freakin' open your mouths again.
*Aries calms down and continues.*
Another man who opened his mouths and claimed to be the man who "get rid of me". Wade Barrett. You did absolutely nothing, Wade. At Backlash you didn't even touch me and you think you are the reason why I wasn't on screen for almost a month. Are you pathetic. This is not me talking trash, this is me talking truth, telling how it is, telling facts. Another fact for you. You are in the title picture because I wasn nowhere to be seen. As you can see. I'm here and I'm ready to wrestle. I could sign a contract to get myself a rematch and make tonights Main Event a Triple Threat match, ensuring you don't become the UWF Undisputed Champion. I said no to myself. I said no because I know you'll loose anyway.
*Aries takes a little break to correct his suit.*
As for the Undisputed Title situation. I had the shortest Undisputed Title reign in the history of UWF. It doesn't matter because I at least had that one reign and I'm damn sure it wasn't my last UWF Undisputed Title reign. Sooner or later, I will sign a contract to get my rematch and win it back. Who knows, maybe I'm going to fail but I can guarant-damn-tee you that I won't give up trying to become the World Undisputed Champion, your World Undisputed Champion.
*Aries points his finger at people in attendance.*
UWF Backlash. At that show, I lost my Undisputed Title. I lost it to Steve Austin but that's not the problem here. Do you remember what happened after the match? In case you don't, let me show you. Roll the footage!
At Backlash Randy Orton punted me in the skull. Randy, Randy, Randy. I thought you are a smart person. You had everything going well since I wasn't a part of RAW. You had everything going well until tonight! Tonight, it's the return of the one and only Austin Aries. Tonight, the party ends for your and your two pals. Tonight the "takeover" stops. My name is Austin Aries and I'm here to make you regret everything. I'm here to make you regret the fact you punted me in the skull. I'm here to make you regret you signed a UWF Contract. I'm here to make your life a living hell and I don't care if I'll have to do it in this ring, in the parking lot, in your locker room, or ot your freakin' house like Triple H did three years ago. Randy, the fact of a matter is this. It doesn't matter if you bring your little muppets with you, it doesn't matter if you take me three on one. I will have my revenge no matter what and my revenge begins tonight. It's LIGHTS OUT for the nWo.
Aries drops the microphoneas lights in the arena go off. When they light up, Aries is nowhere to be seen.
The crowd is electric from the great Starrcade action they've seen thus far, and while things are settled down for a moment, the camera cut backstage where Mr. Anderson is standing nearby with one of the backstage interviewers.
Interviewer: Mr. Anderson, tonight is the night we find out who is going to be the next challenger for either Stone Cold or Wade Barrett's Undisputed Championship. A lot's got to be running through your head right now, what are you doing to prepare for MVP?
Mr. Anderson thinks on the question for a moment, then goes to respond, but suddenly the current Undisputed Champion Stone Cold walks onscreen, sending the crowd into a booing frenzy.
He finishes the beer he's drinking and throws the can offscreen.
Stone Cold: I'm gonna stop ya right there, kid. I'm sure you think you have something really important to say but the truth is, you don't. I know this piece of trash wants you to answer the question, but his opinion's as worthless ta' me as everyone that bought a Starrcade ticket tonight, so as far as I'm concerned he can just stand there with his little microphone waggin' in yer face and I'll be the one ta' do the talking. Preparing for MVP is important, but that's not going to be enough. You have ta' be prepared for what yer gonna do next if he beats ya, what yer gonna do next if you beat him. If he beats you, I don't know what's next for Ken Anderson, I'm not a fortune teller. But if you beat him, I'll tell you exactly what's gonna happen, the same thing that happened when we fought in You See Dubya for control of Smackdown, I'm gonna beat your bottle blonde ass and take my persona back!
Austin looks at Anderson with fire in his eyes, who returns the look as he responds.
Mr. Anderson: Take your persona back? TAKE your persona back? It looks to me like someone has some identity issues. Huh? What is it Steve? Crisis of conscience? Realising that you've turned your back on the people that made you? Realising that there's someone else waiting to take your place and fill your shoes? I don't steal persona's Austin. I only take things that I deserve. I take opportunities, I take money in the bank briefcases, I take advantage of my opponents mistakes and I take championships. Did ya know I got a dog back at home? Yeah, named after you your "greatness". No I haven't stolen your name so calm down before you go all "I'm the best wrassler alive so here's to ya" on me. He was named after you because you were the guy who pushed me to go further in this business than I could have imagined, inspied me...trouble is I thought he was a dude but it turns out I've got a female dog on my hands. Hold on, I've kept the name though because now you both have something in common, you're both little bitches.
The crowd "oooh's" at the insult and Ken smirks as he gets right into Austin's face.
Stone Cold: You might think it's ridiculous but next ta' Shark Boy, yer the biggest Stone Cold Steve Austin ripoff I've ever seen. It's difficult for me to have a crisis of conscience when I don't have one kid, and if you win the contendership you'll find out exactly what I mean. You want to take the opportunity, you want to take my place? Yer gonna have ta' step up a lot more than ya are then, kid. I'll be waiting to see which one of you gets the shot, and if it's you, well I promise that I'm gonna prove just how in over yer head you are.
Austin slaps Anderson across the face and walks away. Anderson looks at him angrily as Starrcade heads to its next segment.
Matt Striker: Ladies and Gentleman please welcome my guest at this time, the self professed Intellectual Savior to the unwashed masses…Damien Sandow.
*The camera pans up showing Sandow step into the frame*
Damien Sandow: Matthew
Matt Striker: Damien Sandow, Last Friday Night on Smackdown we saw your in ring debut in UWF, earning a victory over the icon Shawn Michaels, What are your thoughts on this huge accomplishment? Especially after you were forced to compete
Damien Sandow: Last we saw UWF programming; we bared witness to the commencement of a new era. As your intellectual savior made his debut against the addled and senile Mr. Michaels, a bout I attempted to not take part in so as to not submit all of you to an abhorrent contest. I defeated a man held high in regard around this company and yet I feel rather disheartened, for all the hype surrounding the self-proclaimed “Showstopper†I deduced I would have to put forth more effort to impart my lesson to him. On the other hand, Mr. Michaels was of course simply a falsely appointed idol which if not dealt with physically would simply continue on to spread his illiteracy and misconceptions throughout the UWF audience. I do however feel compelled to mention that what occurred between Mr. Michaels and I was no victory, for it was simply a bump in the proverbial road to enlightenment. To quote Sun Tzu "All men can see these tactics whereby I conquer, but what none can see is the strategy out of which victory is evolved."
Matt Striker: That said, do you have any insight as to why you first chose not to face Shawn Michaels, for he is an icon in our industry and yet you deemed him unworthy.
Damien Sandow: Poor simple Matthew, Mr. Michaels may have earned himself a reputation however I do not romanticize situations as the ignorant are one to do. Mr. Michaels just as others in our company are past their usefulness and are simply living off a past life. That was the essence of my lesson, for he who seeks the spotlight even in such advanced age should not be allowed to carry on in his fiasco.
Matt Striker: How do you plan in celebrating this win?
*Sandow gets a smile on his face as if finding the question amusing*
Damien Sandow: Matthew, Celebration is for simpletons. I have serious work to get to, I do not have the luxury of time in which to celebrate such a “win†for there are people to save and enlighten, freeing people from the chains of ignorance is no part time task.
Matt Striker: Lastly, considering we are here tonight at Starrcade, do you have any thoughts on tonight’s event seeing as you are not taking part in them.
Damien Sandow: my “thought’s†as you put them are a mixture of disdain and exuberance, for tonight is a night where the unwashed masses will not be thought. They will simply be forced to witness incoherent rantings and abhorrent contest the likes of which will culminate for our Smackdown brand in the form of a two out of three falls match, in which rather than subject the masses to one distasteful hardcore style bout we will witness two to possibly three of them.
Matt Striker: Mr. Sandow, I hate to correct you however the first fall will be a Submission match, and the final a Hell in the Cell Match…
Damien Sandow: Are you implying that I am not only a liar, but as well as questioning my intelligence? A Submission match, Matthew, is a match that only ends when a man is made to submit. And the caged third fall is simply a hardcore bout within the confines of a steel cell, as well as the men involved coming from the bouts they competed in the past... anything they are in I see as simply a disgusting hardcore bout. The deplorable fact being that these two are facing one another for the richest prize in our business, however I digress. What I was going to elaborate on before I was so rudely interrupted by some dunce, is the fact that I look forward to this evenings events if only because I know it shall be the final time the masses will have to bath in the sea of insolence, inequity, and inadequacy. Henceforth my lessons will begin to spread, and as I shine enlightenment out to the masses. They shall forever be freed from the chains of ignorance they bare to this day, And once that time has come we will finally enter the Era of Enlightenment.
*Sandow looks down at Striker with a look of disgust.*
Thus concludes our Interview.
*Sandow goes to leave as Striker was bringing the microphone back to his own mouth, he pauses and Sandow steps back towards him and Striker holds the mic up to him once more*
You’re Welcome.
*Sandow gets a smirk on his face before leaving off screen*
Cole: Ladies and Gentlemen, now it's time for a very personal match. This rivalry dates back to before Backlash. Randy Orton has brought the NWO to UWF and he has decided to make John Cena his first victim.
Roberts: The following match is an interpromotional match scheduled for one fall. Introducing first, from West Newbury, Massachussetts, weighing in at 256 pounds; John Cena!
[video=youtube;n8T3BexspUk]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=n8T3BexspUk[/video]
John Cena’s entrance music blares out of the speakers, and the crowd bursts in thunderous cheers. All of a sudden, an completely focused John Cena walks out onto the stage, with is a change from the usual. John Cena looks into the camera and screams out “Buckle your seat belts, it’s go time.†before meeting the end of the stage. John Cena takes a bow forward, straightening himself before raising his right arm quickly, saluting the ring. John Cena, instead of sprinting, slowly walks down the entrance ramp toward the ring. John Cena slides in the ring and hops up and onto his feet, as he throws up his hand sign on the ropes. John Cena bounces off the ropes and throws his cap at the crowd, who fight over it. He then leans on the ropes and waits for the arrival of his opponent.
Roberts: And his opponent, from St.Louis, Missouri, weighing in at 246 pounds, he is "The Viper"; Randy Orton!!
[video=youtube_share;lNKcXtCTbbQ]http://youtu.be/lNKcXtCTbbQ[/video]
The crowd explodes as Randy Orton passes through the curtains and onto the main stage. He's wearing his usual smirk, but donning some new ring gear. Across his chest is no longer his corporate t-shirts sold on websites or in the arenas, but a black one bearing just three letters, N..W..O. He makes his way down to ringside, as Batista looks on. The fans reach out for Orton but he continues up the steel steps and into the ring. He climbs a turnbuckle and poses as the fans cheer. He jumps down and waits for the match to start.
The bell rings and Cena and Orton stare at one another from opposing sides of the ring. The air in the arena is that of a huge match feeling. The two get closer to the center of the ring, and consequently, closer to each other. Soon, both Cena and Orton soon stand nose to nose, both men with a look of determination on their faces. The action starts when Cena throws a right hand, catching Orton in the jaw….
JR: Here we go!
Orton goes down to the mat but immediately gets back to his feet. Cena grabs him by the arm and throws him to the ropes, but Orton reverses Cena’s whip and Cena instead goes to the ropes. When Cena bounces back, Orton wraps his arms around Cena’s waist and tosses him overhead with a belly to belly suplex. Cena’s body hits the mat as Orton goes for the first cover of the match…
1…
2…
Cena kicks out!
Cena makes his way over to the corner, where Orton comes at him with a running clothesline. Cena moves out of the way before Orton crashes into the turnbuckle chest first. Cena goes behind Orton, before lifting him off the mat and bringing him down to the canvas with a back body drop. Orton grabs his head as soon as he hits the canvas and Cena goes for a cover…
1…
2…
Orton kicks out!
Cena quickly gets off Orton before lifting the third generation superstar to his feet. Cena then proceeds to lift Orton off the mat once more before slamming him back first with a scoop slam. Cena then proceeds to drop a quick elbow across Orton’s chest before going for another cover…
1…
2…
Orton kicks out!
JR: Cena taking it to Orton early!
King: I know he’s a Raw guy JR, but if Orton wins here, there may be no stopping the NWO.
Cena gets to his feet before looking down on Orton. He heads to the ring apron, where he then begins to climb to the top rope. He reaches the top, where he is obviously out of his comfort zone. Orton has reached his feet though and dives at the ropes, shaking them and causing Cena to lose his balance. Cena lands groin first on the top turnbuckle.
King: That’s a rough landing for Cena.
As Cena has his awkward landing, Orton climbs to the top rope and goes after him. Both men are perched on the top and Orton throws a few fists into Cena’s skull. Orton then throws Cena’s arm over his shoulder before throwing him off the top with a top rope superplex. Cena and Orton both crash on the canvas, but Orton has the wherewithal to go for a cover…
1…
2…
Cena kicks out!
Orton quickly gets off Cena, before mounting him and throwing right hands right into Cena’s skull. Fist after fist after fist until Orton reaches about half a dozen. Orton then gets off Cena before bouncing off the near ropes and dropping a knee across Cena’s throat. Orton then goes for another cover…
1…
2…
Cena kicks out!
JR: This is the pace that Orton needs to wrestle this match. Slow and methodical, he can’t let Cena gain any momentum.
Orton lifts Cena off the mat. He grabs Cena’s arm and attempts to Irish Whip him, but Cena ducks under and counters. Cena kicks Orton right in the gut before slamming him with a quick Fisherman’s Suplex. Cena floats over and quickly covers Orton….
1…
2…
Orton kicks out!
Orton starts to pull himself up as Cena gets to his feet. Cena runs off the ropes, hitting Orton with a shoulder block. Orton hits the mat, but quickly recovers; only to have Cena hit him with another running shoulder block. Orton once again recovers and gets to his feet, only to swing wildly at Cena. Cena ducks under and lifts Orton off the mat with a spinout powerbomb…
King: This is what you were talking about JR.
Cena gets to his feet and throws his hand up in the air. The fans are eating it up. Cena looks down at Orton before doing his trademark “You Can’t See Me†taunt…
King: You can’t see me Orton, but you can see this five knuckle shuffle!
Cena bounces off the ropes before performing his usual theatrics and dropping a five knuckle shuffle across Orton’s skull. Cena gets back up and everyone knows what’s next. Cena puts his hands on his knees and waits for Orton to get to his feet. Orton starts pulling himself up, slowly but surely, and when he does, Cena spins him around and lifts him in a fireman’s carry position…
JR: Attitude Adjustment!
Cena is prepared to deliver the Attitude Adjustment to Orton. Orton responds by elbowing Cena in the side of the head repeatedly. The elbows stumble Cena, but he maintains his focus. That is until Orton throws a perfectly placed elbow which hits Cena right in the jaw. This causes Cena to drop Orton and Orton slides down Cena’s back. This gives Orton the opportunity to grab Cena’s head and hit his trademark inverted backbreaker. Cena grabs his spine and Orton goes for a cover…
1…
2…
Cena kicks out!
King: Like Orton or not, that was a brilliant counter.
Orton staggers to his feet, shaking his head to get rid of the cobwebs. Cena has rolled to the ring apron and Orton goes to the arena floor. Orton heads over to Cena before placing Cena in a front face lock. Orton has that glazed over look in his eye…
King: This isn’t good for Cena!
Orton proceeds to drop backwards, taking Cena to the arena floor with the Hangman’s DDT…
JR: Cena’s head just bounced off the floor. That padding is very thin folks.
Orton looks down on Cena before hearing the referee counting and heads back into the ring. Orton breaks the count by rolling back onto the floor and going after Cena. Orton lifts Cena off the floor, before taking his head and eyeing up the steel ring pole. Orton then gets a full head of steam before heading towards the pole. Cena is able to spin through and counter, sending Orton into the pole instead.
King: Orton just went face first into the steel ring pole.
Cena hears the referee’s count before and rolls in the ring and back out to break it. Orton is still down on the floor as Cena heads over to the Spanish announce table. He takes the top of the table off and moves the television monitors out of the way before heading over back to Orton…
King: Cena’s got bad intentions!
Orton has recovered somewhat and when Cena makes his way over to him, Orton hits him right in the stomach with a forearm shot. This doubles Cena over and Orton charges in and hits a spinning neckbreaker on the arena floor…
JR: Bah God! Cena already had a concussion and that doesn’t help.
Orton hears the referee’s count once more and rolls back in the ring before rolling back up, breaking the count. He heads back over to Cena before lifting him off the floor and throwing him over to the Raw announce table…
King: I’m getting the hell out of here!
Orton throws Cena on the announce table and soon follows. Orton punches Cena in the face a few times before lifting him to his feet. Orton talks a little trash to Cena before leaping in the air and grabbing Cena by the skull…
JR: Oh No! RKO on the table!
In mid move, Cena is able to push Orton away and Orton crashes through the Spanish announce table that Orton set up earlier…
JR: Orton went through the table!
Cena shakes off exhaustion and heads to the wreckage. He grabs Orton’s limp body and lifts him to his feet before throwing him in the ring…
King: All Cena has to do is cover Orton and he’s going to win.
Cena follows suit and soon covers Orton….
1…
2…
King: He got him!
3…NO! Orton rolls a shoulder!
JR: How in the world did he kick out?
Cena gets right off Orton and he seems to know how to end Orton. Cena backs up into a nearby corner and creates distance between himself and Orton. Cena has a huge smile on his face as Orton starts attempting to get up. Orton rests on his hands and knees, and Cena’s eyes light up…
JR: You don’t think…
King: Payback is a bitch JR!
Cena charges in towards Orton, pulling his foot back, looking for Orton’s Punt…
King: Cena is going to Punt Orton all the way to D.C
As Cena gets closer to Orton, Orton is able to pop off the mat and out of nowhere leaps in the air, grabbing Cena by the head and slamming him down with a swift RKO!!!
JR: RKO out of nowhere! Orton’s going to do it!
Orton hits the RKO and the ring shakes on impact. Randy’s a little worse for wear, but he drags himself over to Cena and goes for another cover…
1…
JR: RKO! It’s over!
2…
King: The NWO is going to win another one!
3…NO! Cena kicks out!
The live Baltimore audience starts a “Let’s Go Cena†chant in support of their hero. Orton can’t believe it, so he covers Cena again…
1…
2…
Cena powers out!
JR: There’s still life in John Cena!
Orton gets off Cena and heads towards the ring apron. Orton starts climbing to the top rope and reaches the pinnacle. Orton waits for Cena to pull himself up. Cena finally does get up, and when Cena turns towards Orton, Randy jumps off the top rope and goes for a Flying Crossbody…
King: Orton’s flying!
As Orton flies through the air, Cena is able to catch him…
JR: Look at the show of strength!
Cena holds Orton in a Fall away Slam position before he is able to toss Orton onto his shoulders into a Fireman’s Carry position. Cena wastes no time slamming Orton to the mat with a Death Valley Driver known as the Attitude Adjustment!
King: The AA! Cena’s going to win!
Cena hits his famous finishing move and goes for a cover immediately…
1…
2…
Orton kicks out!
JR: Cena’s kicked out of the RKO! Orton’s kicked out of the AA! What’s it going to take?!
Cena gets off Orton before heading to the ring apron. He once again climbs to the top and waits for Orton. Orton pulls himself up, making it to one knee with his head down, and Cena jumps off the top rope and brings both legs down across the back of Orton’s head. The high impact move takes Orton back to the canvas face down. Cena soon capitalizes, going down to Orton’s legs and grabbing one before stepping over it and wrapping his arms around Orton’s neck, applying the STF…
King: STF! Orton’s going to have to tap!
Orton struggles as Cena has the submission locked in tightly. Orton reaches for the ropes, but he’s nowhere near them. Cena screams “Tapâ€, but Orton refuses. Orton claws at the mat, trying to pull himself to the ropes…
JR: Is Orton going to make it?
Orton raises his arm, almost as if he’s ready to tap out. But he doesn’t. He just keeps pulling himself closer and closer to the ropes. Cena continues to apply the pressure, and Orton is literally an inch away from the bottom rope. Cena again screams for Orton to tap, but Orton reaches out and finally grabs the rope that he’s been craving to grasp for what seems like an eternity. The referee tells Cena to break the hold, but he refuses. This means the referee has no choice but to count…
1…
2…
3…
4…
Cena breaks the hold before five!
Cena gets to his feet, fresh out of ideas. He’s thrown everything in his repertoire at Orton and it still isn’t enough. Cena lifts Orton off the mat. Randy is still struggling to breathe as Cena rests him on the ropes. Cena then whips Orton off yet again, and yet again, Orton counters. Cena bounces off the ropes and when he comes back at Orton, Orton hits him with a stiff clothesline. Cena hits the mat and gets back to his feet, only to have Orton hit him with another. Cena hits the mat one more time and when he gets up, swings at Orton, only to have Orton duck and hit him with a swift powerslam…
JR: Powerslam by Randy Orton!
King: It’s so nice to have someone who knows what the moves are called.
Randy’s entering that place. He looks down at Cena, before his breathing begins getting more and more shallow. The fans start chanting “RKO†over and over again. Randy looks out into the sea of people, before spinning around and falling to his knees. Orton starts pounding the mat with his fists…
King: This isn’t good for Cena! Orton’s entering that zone!
Randy continues to pound the mat. Just waiting and waiting for Cena to get to his feet! Cena starts to pull himself up, and Orton gets into position. Once Cena gets up and turns around, he walks right into another attempted RKO…
JR: Not again!
Cena blocks the RKO again, once more pushing Orton in the back, away from the move. Cena’s shove sends Orton towards the ropes and Orton bounces off. When Orton comes back, Cena lowers his shoulder and lifts Orton onto them in position for his finishing move again…
King: Another Attitude Adjustment!
Cena has Orton resting on his shoulders for another Attitude Adjustment. Orton throws elbows to the side of Cena’s head, hoping that we will drop him again, but it’s not working. Cena is able to use his unbelievable strength to power Orton off his shoulders and to the mat.
King: Oh My God!
JR: What a counter!
As Cena flips Orton off his shoulder, Orton is able to grab Cena’s head and counter with a beautiful RKO! The fans cheer for this! A “This is Wrestling†chant breaks out as both Orton and Cena lie motionless on the mat. The referee is just as astonished as the fans are, but he has a job to do. So he begins his 10-count…
1…
2…
3…
4…
5…
6…
7…
Orton starts crawling over to Cena…
8…
9…
Orton drapes a shoulder over Cena’s lifeless body, going for a cover…
1…
2…
3…NO! Cena kicks out!
JR: BAH God! Cena just kicked out of the second RKO of the match!
Orton can’t believe it! Cena’s kicked out of his trademark move twice now! He staggers to his feet, just wondering what to do. Cena is starting to move, trying to make it to his feet. Orton sees this, and backs into the nearest corner…
King: Oh No!
Orton’s eyes light up as Cena is on the opposing side of the ring on his hands and knees. Orton is prepared to strike and when he charges out of the corner and brings his boot right to Cena’s temple…
JR: The Punt!
Cena’s body falls to the mat as Orton hits the Punt. Orton wipes the saliva from his mouth as he drags Cena away from the ropes and goes for the cover…
1…
King: Cena’s out of it!
2…
3…
Roberts: Here is your winner; Randy Orton!
The NWO version of “Voices†starts playing as the referee has his hand raised. Orton throws up the NWO hand sign as he looks down on John Cena.
JR: What an unbelievable contest between these two. But we have to worry about the health of John Cena. That Punt has taken out so many people in the past. Nonetheless, the New World Order has swept Starrcade.
Orton rolls out of the ring and heads up the ramp, where he looks back to the ring where officials are checking on the status of John Cena. Orton stands on top of the stage and throws up the New World Order hand signal one more time before heading to commercial.
---------------------
Smackdown Presents Heatwave!
---------------------
We return from after commercial to the arena filled with rabid UWF fans who have seen some exciting action tonight at Starrcade. Then, out of the blue, the lights go out. The fans don't know what to think.
Cole: What's going on here?
Lawler: I don't know either, Cole!
Then, as soon as they mention it, a familiar theme is heard over the PA.
[video=youtube;KVILZ5KE8Ow]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KVILZ5KE8Ow[/video]
The crowd explodes as the theme of “The People's Champion†comes on. After a few moments, The Great One arrives as The Rock steps out into the arena and looks out into the sea of fans, almost blinding him with flash photography.
Lawler: Oh My God! It's The Rock!
Cole: The People's Champ, The Rock is here at Starrcade!
The Rock then makes his way down the ramp as the crowd continues to go crazy in the stands. People are in shock as he heads towards the ring.
Cole: This is surreal, King!
Lawler: You said it, Cole! The Rock is in the building!
The Rock walks up the steps and climbs the turnbuckle and raises his arm high as he is welcomed by the UWF audience. He climbs into the ring and is handed a microphone. He walks around the ring waiting for the excitement to die down so he can speak.
Cole: What does he have to say?
Lawler: It doesn't matter. It's The Rock!
The Rock: FINALLY! The Rock HAS COME BACK.....To Baltimore!
The crowd pops loud as The Rock utters his first words in UWF. He then continues speaking.
The Rock: When Teddy Long first came to The Rock he said “Rock, playa playa we need you playa! The UWF needs someone to come in and shake things up! The UWF needs someone with your talent. The UWF needs someone of your caliber. Rock, the UWF needs to be electrified!â€
The crowd is still going crazy as The Rock goes on a diatribe.
The Rock: The Rock said to himself, “There's only one man who can captivate an audience and electrify like no other and that man is Justin Bieber!â€
The crowd laughs as Rock continues
The Rock: But, the more and more The Rock thought about it, the more and more he understood why Teddy Long turned to him. Besides the fact that Justin Bieber is a 12 year old prepubescent school girl, The Rock knew that the UWF needed The Rock.....but more importantly The Rock needed The People. The Rock needed to feel the love again. The Rock needed to whoop some monkey ass again. The Rock needed to hear The People chant his name again.....
The fans immediately begin to chant “ROCKY! ROCKY! ROCKY! ROCKY!†as The Rock smiles just a tad but stays in character.
The Rock: You see, The Rock takes a look around that locker room and The Rock wonders: Just who in the blue hell is Damien Sandow? The Rock sees you, walking around looking like you got in a fight with a John Deere tractor. Then you got another bearded chump like Daniel Bryan running around screaming “YES! YES! YES!†I bet if The Rock offered you some of The People's Strudel you'd say “OH YES! YES! YES!†But, the one that disappoints The Rock the most is seeing Stone Cold Steve Austin reduced to this. Since when did you transform from a venomous rattlesnake into a whiny little puppy dog bitch?
The crowd cheers loudly and there's even a slight “PUPPY DOG BITCH!†chant.
Cole: Harsh words!
Lawler: You have to agree though.
The Rock: The reason The Rock is back is because The Rock wanted to taste gold again. The Rock missed walking down to this ramp and putting Boots 2 Asses and laying the smackdown on jabroni's candy asses. The Rock says this: Sometime, somewhere, The Rock wants to be UWF Champion and IT DOESN'T MATTER if The Rock has to go through Stone Cold Steve Austin or anybody, The Rock is, was and has always been the Jabroni-beating, LALALALALALALALALOW! Pie-eating, Trail-blazing, Eyebrow-raising, Heart-stopping, Elbow-dropping People's Champ and THE MOST Electrifying Man in All of Entertainment. This is a statement to all of you jabroni's in the back: If you get in The Rock's way, The Rock will take his expensive boots, shine 'em up real nice, turn them sum bitches sideways and take turns shoving 'em straight up all your candy asses. Tonight is Starrcade and marks the return of The Great One and mark The Rock's words: The Rock is here to stay IF YA SMELLLLLLLLL-LALALALALALALALALALALOW! WHAT THE ROCK......IS COOKIN'!
The Rock climbs the turnbuckle and raises his arm as the crowd goes crazy.
Cole: The Rock coming to the UWF to make a large statement.
Lawler: One that he can certainly back up.
The Rock leaves the ring and goes to the back as the crowd goes nuts.
The UWF cameras go outside the arena where Bray Wyatt is standing by, Eli Cottonwood right behind him. He is preaching to the crowd.
Bray Wyatt: Let go!... let go of your lives, because you could be so much more without your lives, especially so if you choose to follow me. 'The Angel In The Dirt' Bray Wyatt!. For what I see right now is a cast of sinners!... I look at that young woman in the crowd, she is pregnant with a demon seed ladies and gentlemen... I look at the ring finger and my suspisions are true, pregnant outside of wedlock... well this whole crowd are judgin' you right now little lady... they're all watchin' you!... and I don't blame 'em one bit, because their minds, have been warped. Misled to believe that marriage is sacred... but girl... I'll have you know that marriage ain't sacred to Bray Wyatt... Bray Wyatt ain't judgin' you and your demon seed because it only becomes that 'demon' when it meets this outside world. This crater of unrighteousness... greed... lies and darkness... those same people who judge you for bein' a dirty little whore... well, they're the same one's who will ruin your life... ruin your son or daughters life... you'll both die alone in this world, because they turn their backs on you!. Bray Wyatt wouldn't turn his back on you. Bray Wyatt would make sure that you never see this cruel world again in the same light in which you do... naw, Bray Wyatt would make you see the world in the eyes of the beholder and the beholder is I... and you can see the world in my light if you just... join me.
The pregnant woman in the crowd turns her back on Bray Wyatt and runs away basically, the whole crowd looking at her as she passes by, Bray Wyatt chuckles, the crowd are booing Bray Wyatt.
Now, ya see, that's the problem with this world, is that it's full of problems!. And y'all don't know the solution... well children, I am the solution. And at the end of the world, when the trees are dyin', the flowers are wiltin' and the sun is fallin' down for one final time... I will stand and I will have my children under my wing and I will take them from this life into a new form of bein', man. I will take them and show them what they could be under Bray Wyatt. And as I look into this crowd tonight I can tell that this apocalypse is very near and that the time for the new beginnin', and brothers and sisters if you join me, you can fight this end. You can fight this end and begin the new life. Can I have a volunteer!?... you brother!, you come out here and I can save you.
A volunteer walks out from the crowd, an average man, with average hair, average clothes, average height and weight. He's wearing a T-Shirt with a pot leaf on it and appears to be drunk and high.
Now you son, look like the kinda guy who sits around his house, his abode, and does sweet nothin' all day long. Not a care in the world, you look like the kinda guy who cheers on his favourites and boos Bray Wyatt am I correct!?.
Average Guy: Hell Yeah!, WOOOOOOO!, USA!, USA!, USA!.
Bray Wyatt: Now son, remember what I said before?... well I'd imagine not, because you are exactly the kind of low-life, scum sucking no-good care-free kinda guy that makes this world untennable for the righteous, untennable for my children... for the future children, of Bray Wyatt. But who am I to judge, I mean, I'm just a little ol' white trash peon from Lafayette, Louisiana, who could I possibly judge!. Well I'll tell you somethin' Mister Carefree... when this world ends, and it is soon, you will die!. You'll burn like my daddy did, and you'll burn good, because the time for repentance is gone... you cannot go back on the sins of the past and you cannot solve your problems by prayin' because the divine bein' yer prayin' to stands right in front of ya son... I am the messiah... I see your every move and you ain't worth savin'. You ain't worth none of Bray Wyatt's time... but just to be the helpfull kinda guy that I am... the nice man that I am, I'm gonna beat the devil outta you right now.
Bray Wyatt catches the man off guard and starts pummeling him. The crowd start running in all directions, the armed police try to stop Bray Wyatt, the pull him off and he is very obedient, he gets off his victim shouting 'You can't be saved!, you're gonna burn!, the end is comin'!'. The policeman carts him off along with Cottonwood into the police van where they are driven away. We go back ringside.
The lights suddenly go out. The fans sit anxiously, asking the people next to them what is happening. The arena starts to flash gold and black lights everywhere, with some very known words inside the wrestling world ringing out over the PA system.
1,2, YOU HEAR THE CLOCK TICKING
TICK TOCK, YOUR ABOUT TO STOP LIVING,
TICK TOCK I WANT YOU TO REMEMBER ME,
TICK TOCK, BUT THE DAY DON'T HAVE NO MEMORY
I'M COMING.
[video=youtube;yy7fL2QVUGA]http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=yy7fL2QVUGA[/video]
The camera focuses on the stage where a big inflatable tunnel which can now be seen, presumably being inflated while the lights were flashing on and off. The crowd rise to their feet awaiting one certain special superstar as smoke starts to escape the tunnel. The crowd aren't waiting long as the figure of MVP bursts through the flaps. He stops dead, looking around the crowd who give him a mixed reaction. He smiles, even chuckling to himself as he lowers himself to the ground, touching the ground and mumbling to himself as he quickly jumps up, putting his arms out to his side in his signature pose, setting off the pyros behind him.
Roberts: The following match is scheduled for one fall, introducing first: From Miami, Florida Montel Vontavious Porter...M...V...P
MVP starts to slowly makes his way down to the ring, ignoring all the fans that is leaning over for high fives while he just holds up his '305' bling bling up to the camera, yelling 'Mr 305' towards the camera. He comes towards the bottom of the ramp, stopping for a second, taking out some gum he was chewing and throws it into the crowd before he takes a little run up and slides into the ring. He doesn't waste anytime getting to his feet, running towards the ropes, bouncing off and doing his signature dance and Ballin taunt at the end.
He holds the pose for a while, smiling cockily as he lowers his arms, pointing at his chest with the fans still giving him a mixed reaction. MVP leans back on the ropes waiting for his opponent.
Roberts: And his opponent....
*STATIC*…MISTERRRRRRRR…*STATIC*
[video=youtube;jXZ2qBAXJ6s]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jXZ2qBAXJ6s[/video]
Anderson’s music hits to a decent reception and he comes out onto stage, in ring gear, ready to send a message to the locker room. At the top of the ramp he calls for his microphone in typical fashion and the lights go down. A spotlight rests on him as he waits for a calm to come across the arena.
Anderson: Are the any assholes in the building?
Pop from the crowd.
From Green Bay, Wisconsin; Go Packers! I weigh in at a very lean, very mean, very ass kicking 243 pounds! And after tonight, you can all call me the Number One Contender to the UWF Championship!! My name…is MISTERRRRRRR
ANDERSONNNNNN! *pause* Anderson….
Anderson throws the mic in the sky where it retracts and he heads down to the ring, never taking his eye off his opponent. The fans pop as Anderson high steps into the ring before heading to a corner and posing for his loyal assholes. From there, he waits for the bell and match to start.
Anderson and MVP stare at each other as the bell rings. The two lock up and Anderson quickly takes MVP down with an arm drag. MVP quickly gets back to his feet and Anderson once again takes him to the mat with another arm drag. MVP rolls through and gets to his feet again, only to run into a back elbow from Anderson. MVP quickly falls to the mat and Anderson follows up by running off the ropes and dropping a leg across MVP’s throat. Anderson then goes for the first pinfall of the match…
1…
2…
MVP kicks out!
Anderson gets off MVP before stomping his chest and dropping a knee on the back of MVP’s head. Anderson then lifts MVP to his feet before placing him on the ropes. Anderson then grabs MVP by the arm before Irish whipping him. MVP reverses the whip though and Anderson bounces off the opposing ropes. When Anderson comes back to MVP, Porter lowers his shoulder and lifts Anderson off the mat before colliding him with the canvas with a ring shaking Samoan Drop. Anderson crashes rib first and MVP goes for a cover…
1…
2…
Anderson kicks out!
MVP quickly gets off Anderson before stomping on his face with his boot. MVP then drags Anderson to the nearest corner by his arm. MVP rests Anderson’s skull on the bottom turnbuckle pad. MVP creates some distance between Anderson and himself before charging back in and hitting a running big boot to the face of Anderson. Anderson’s body goes limp and MVP drags him out the corner and goes for the cover…
1…
2…
Anderson kicks out!
Cole: That kick nearly took Anderson’s head off.
MVP gets off Anderson and heads over to the turnbuckle. Where he climbs to the top. MVP waits for Anderson to get up and when Ken does, MVP jumps off, looking for a Double Axe Handle Smash. As MVP comes in though, Anderson is able to catch him by positioning his arm under his neck. Anderson then throws MVP overhead hitting a beautiful T-Bone Suplex. MVP soars across the ring and hits the mat hard and Anderson crawls to a cover…
1…
2…
MVP kicks out!
Anderson tells MVP to get to his feet. MVP does stagger up and Anderson hits him with a beautiful short arm clothesline. MVP hits the mat hard and gets to his feet before Anderson hits him with another. MVP staggers to his feet one more time before Anderson runs and hits him with a swinging neckbreaker. As the sequence finishes, MVP goes down and Anderson goes for another cover…
1…
2…
MVP kicks out!
Anderson then drags MVP into position before heading to the ring apron and climbing the top turnbuckle. Anderson doesn’t waste too much time before jumping off and font flipping…
King: Kenton Bomb!
Anderson goes for his trademark aerial maneuver, MVP is able to get his knees up and drive them into the back of Ken Anderson…
Cole: Brilliant counter!
MVP makes it to his feet as Anderson tries to get to his. MVP places his knee on the back of Anderson’s head and spins backwards to the mat, hitting the Overdrive maneuver known as the Playmaker. Anderson grabs his head as he hits the mat and MVP goes for the cover…
1…
Cole: Playmaker! It’s over!
2…
Anderson kicks out!
MVP slaps in mat in frustration. He positions himself behind Anderson and when Ken is trying to pull himself up, MVP wraps both arms around Anderson’s waist and lifts him off his feet, slamming him to the mat with a German Suplex. Anderson grabs his head in pain, but MVP doesn’t release his grip. Instead, he keeps his hands clasped together and brings both Anderson and himself to his feet. MVP then precedes to German Anderson one more time. This suplex has considerably more force than the previous and the look on Anderson’s face shows it. MVP once again refuses to break his grip and brings Anderson to his feet one more time. MVP then suplexes Anderson for a third time, completing the trifecta. Anderson’s skull once again crashes off the mat and MVP crawls to a cover…
1…
2…
Anderson kicks out!
MVP gets off Anderson as Ken desperately crawls to the corner, looking for something that will help him get to his feet. Ken pulls himself up in said corner, and MVP comes at him with another big boot, looking for the Drive By Kick…
King: MVP is looking to end Anderson!
As MVP comes in, Anderson is able to catch MVP’s boot, stopping his momentum. This gives Anderson the opportunity to clothesline MVP to the mat. As MVP goes down, Anderson goes for another cover…
1…
2…
MVP kicks out!
Anderson quickly rolls off MVP and heads back to the ring apron. He once again climbs to the top. This time it takes a little bit longer due to the damage he’s sustained. As Anderson reaches the top, MVP comes out of nowhere, leaping off the mat and grabbing Anderson by the back of the head, and taking him off the top rope with a leaping STO…
Cole: Play of the Day off the top!
MVP hits his finishing move off the top rope and the ring shakes on impact. The fans chant “Holy Shit†as both men hit the ring below and lie there. The referee checks on both men before beginning his ten count…
1…
2…
3…
4…
5…
MVP begins moving…
6…
7…
He crawls over to Anderson…
8…
MVP drapes an arm over Anderson…
1…
2…
Anderson rolls a shoulder!
Cole: He kicked out!
MVP can’t believe it, so he covers Anderson again…
1…
2…
Anderson kicks out again!
King: If that move couldn’t beat Anderson, maybe he can’t be beat tonight!
MVP gets back to his feet and lifts Anderson to his. MVP talks trash to a dazed Anderson before taking a step back and coming at Anderson again. MVP leaps one more time, grabbing Anderson by the head, looking for another Play of The Day, but this time, Anderson wraps his arms around MVP’s waist, preventing him going to the mat. Anderson then shifts his body weight, slingshotting MVP’s throat across the top rope. This move staggers MVP and allows Anderson to spin him around, throwing his arm under MVP’s shoulder and slamming him face first onto the mat…
Cole: Mic Check!
MVP’s body goes limp and Anderson rolls him over, looking for the win…
1…
2…
3…
Roberts: Here is your winner…
Anderson waves Justin Roberts off, telling him not to make the announcement. Anderson raises his arm in the air and his trademark Mic falls down from the rafters. He catches his breath before speaking into the microphone.
Anderson: Here is your winner and the next UWF Champion, the asshole from Green Bay; Mister….
The crowd chants Anderson…
Anderson: Mister….
The crowd chants Anderson again!
Anderson: Mister!!!!
The crowd chants Anderson for a third time!
Anderson: Anderson!!!!
Anderson throws his mic in the air as “Feedback†starts playing again. He smiles and leaves the ring, heading up the ramp, knowing that he has a Championship match in his back pocket. He soon disappears to the back and we go backstage for yet another promo.
The camera fades into to showing Dean Ambrose in the back jumping up and down, limbering up. Todd Grisham walks into the room.
Todd Grisham
Excuse me Dean?
Dean Ambrose
Well look whose back. Let me guess, you want to get my thoughts again now that we've learned what type of stipulations we have and you think I'm going to crack under pressure because it's getting just oh so close to my match with every impending second and Bryan probably sent you here to find out just how cool calm and collected I am but now he's realizing that I'm so ready to beat his ass and he's getting scared because I'm going to make him tap out and knock him out and just climb a ladder for the hell of it.
Dean takes a big breath after completing that long run on sentence before Todd begins to speak again.
Well at the end of Smackdown three nights ago, we saw you and Daniel Bryan get into a big brawl that ended up with you laid out underneath a la-
Look Todd, I know I may scare you a bit. Hell I scare myself sometimes, and I know you hate asking me questions because you've seen what I've done to past interviewers. Sorry Todd, I'm not a mean person, I just can't connect with everyone like I did with Briley but it's not your fault. Now to answer your question, wait did you even ask a question? Anyways, yes I was laid out by a ladder but you wanna know why I didn't get up? I'm conserving my strength for tonight. I don't want him to have any sort of excuses for when I physically and more importantly, mentally destroy him in that ring tonight.
Ya' know, I may not be good at submission style wrestling but I do know how to break someone’s bones and that's really all your trying to do when you lock a submission on someone so that should be pretty easy. The second match is a Hardcore match. 'Nuff said but I do like the idea of a ladder match. I think I may beat him down, throw his arm over me and get a fall just to further humiliate him by winning the ladder match. I'm not quite sure yet but we'll see. Tonight Daniel Bryan's story comes to an end. Tonight a chapter of my story ends. Tonight people will witness the most brutal match in the history of UWF and they will love it. A king has to put on a show in his arena and tonight not only the fans but the gladiators are in for one hell of a show.
Dean Ambrose smiles before he walks away leaving the locker room.
We then head back to the ring.
We cut back to the PPV as the PPV's theme is played for a few seconds. JR suddenly gets out of his commentary position, and enters the ring to a huge pop. The PPV music fades and he begins to speak.
JR: Ladies and gentleman, I know this is a little impromptu, but seeing as he demanded Pay Per View time, please welcome my guest at this time....
I come from Money....
JR: Ted DiBiase Jr!
I come from money hits the PA system and Ted DiBiase Jr comes out from the back with a cocky grin on his face. He gets a mixed reaction from the fans as he walks down the ramp, blowing off their attempts to give him. Ted flexes his muscles at the bottom of the ramp before grabbing a mic off one of the ringside crew and climbing the steps to the ring to enter it
Once in the ring DiBiase points to himself in a cocky manner before looking into JR's eyes.
JR: Ted since coming to Smackdown you've been on what people would call a roll and yet you aren't even on the card tonight, I wonder how does that make you feel?
Ted looks annoyed with the question, clearly offended and slightly pissed off considering he should of been on the card. He gets closer to JR before speaking.
Ted DiBiase Jr: How does it make me feel? Are you stupid JR? What kind of a question is that? Anyone who has an IQ above seventy should be able to figure that one out... I'm pissed off, I should be on that card main eventing Smackdown. It sickens me that two indy schmucks in Dean Ambrose and Daniel Bryan got the first shot at Smackdown's World Championship, when they'd done nothing but fight over a worthless Hardcore Title... I'm seriously beginning to think that the management on Smackdown is inept as the one on RAW, surely anyone in the right mind would book a number one contenders match!
JR keeps himself composed, but DiBiase looks agitated, it's clear he's pissed that he hasn't got a match.
JR: I'm sorry you feel that way, but there are some people in the back who say you haven't quite paid your dues yet. Now after your victory over Sting last Friday I'm beginning to believe in Ted Dibiase Jr. But I have to ask what do you say to those naysayers who say you just don't have it.
Ted begins to pace the ring, this question has really rattled his cage, and he's starting to lose his temper.
Ted DiBiase Jr: Let me ask you something Jim, have these naysayers done anything of note, to make you or I stand up and give them credit?!.. Ha, I don't even know why I asked that, because clearly the answer is no! The majority of these naysayers are the petty little fans, that have little or no money to their names, but spend what they do have on Wrestling events. These people have no business saying that I don't have it, it's clear I have it, just ask the legendary Sting, who I embarrassed this past Sunday. Tell me, what do these naysayers do, apart from feed yet more money to my already loaded bank account? They sit on their asses and live off government benefits, and they have the audacity to say I don't HAVE IT?!
The fans boo, but for once DiBiase looks pleased as he's got to the fans, which he always enjoys doing, however his smile doesn't last as JR continues to question him.
JR: Well Ted I have in my hand here a message to you from one of those naysayers. I quote, "Ted, I watched your father in the ring and so far nothing you have done yet has impressed me to this point in time. Until you win Gold here in UWF you will be just like your father, worthless." With that said Ted, how do you feel being constantly compared to your father, and do you think the World Championship can really be yours?
Ted shakes his head, as it's obvious he thinks the World Championship can be his.
Ted DiBiase Jr: Let me guess JR, that message was sent by a bitter Sting, who's still recovering in Hospital after the beating I gave him? I'll be honest JR, the comparisons to my fat bastard of a father sicken me to the core, seriously, when will people stop talking about my father, and talk about me! I'm the one who is Wrestling, not him, I'm also the one making the headlines in this company, whilst he's sat at home polishing his piece of crap Million Dollar belt. That's the thing JR, although I may of not impressed certain people to this point, I haven't resorted to creating my own belt or hired people to do the dirty work for me, I've not won gold yet, but I've still won important matches, all by myself... Of course I think the World Championship could be mine JR, I'm the classiest man in this company, and I want to make sure the class of the title is restored, so I plan to take it away from whichever indy bum holds it first, as soon as I can. In fact JR, I don't think the Championship can be mine, I KNOW the Championship WILL be mine, and it's only a matter of time before it's a formality!
JR: Ted I have one final question and before I do I wish you good luck in achieving those goals. My final question is this, there are alot of people backstage who say they can take you down and would love an opportunity to do it. What do you have to say about these people and why it would be a bad idea to pick a fight with you.
Ted looks tired of the questions, it's clear JR has asked the important questions and is clutching at straws now. However Ted, being the classy man that he is answers anyway.
Ted DiBiase Jr: Interesting question JR, you certainly saved the best till last. It's clear these people a jealous of me, I mean, who wouldn't want my wealth and class? The only issue is, these people will never BE ME! I'm far superior to anyone in this company, and that's blatantly obvious by the fact that a LOT, not just a few, a LOT of people want to face me because they want what I've got. Well, to all these people that want what I've got, I'm sorry but that's never going to happen in my life time... The reason it would be a bad idea to pick a fight with me is simple, I dominated my first opponent on Smackdown, Zack Ryder, before beating a legend of this business, Sting. Not many people can say they beat Sting, and I'm certain that if I can beat him, I can beat anyone that tries to stop me from getting to the top. The only thing I have to say to these people JR, is bring it on, and good luck!
JR: Thanks for your time Ted, I appreciate it.
Although Ted was pissed off with JR's questions, he shakes his hand out of respect, before JR leaves the ring. The crowd boo as DiBiase raises his hand in the air and his theme begins to play. While DiBiase begins to leave the ring, he suddenly freezes to the spot as an infamous theme can now be heard...
[video=youtube;hezg-gKEDPY]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hezg-gKEDPY[/video]
"It's Time To Play The Game" by Motorhead can be heard bellowing out of the arena's PA system, immediately signalling for the crowd to burst into cheers for the arrival of The Game, Triple H. The excitement in the arena is evident as everybody wants a glimpse of The King of Kings, and sure enough they get just that. The man of the moment emerges from the back with his hair tied back, looking sharp in his suit, and brooding with self-confidence. Triple H steps out to the top of the stage, already with a microphone in hand, while he scans the arena and soaks in the amazing atmosphere that Starrcade is presenting. His theme dies down, as do the crowd, so Triple H raises the microphone to his mouth and addresses Ted DiBiase.
Triple H: Ted, before you leave that ring, I thought I'd just come out here to address a couple of things before we move on to our next match, so just hold on for a moment.
DiBiase rolls his eyes and really doesn't care what Triple H has to say, but he opts to stay anyway.
Triple H: On behalf of UWF management, as the COO of the company, I'd just like to begin by thanking the UWF Universe for coming out tonight to witness the first ever Starrcade pay-per-view, as well as the first ever pay-per-view that sees the coming together of both Tuesday Night Raw and Friday Night Smackdown since the brand extension. It's an encouraging time in this company's history, and the future is looking bright... but that's where the positive news ends. What I have to say next is actually an announcement that concerns Smackdown in the long run, but in the short term it concerns you most of all, Ted.
DiBiase hears his name, turns his head and now begins to listen to Triple H.
Triple H: I was standing backstage, as I usually do as the COO of the company, and I couldn't help but overhear all the commotion going on in the ring. What I mean by commotion is all this whinging, whining and complaining coming from you, Ted, so I'm going to address that right now. See you may feel as if you deserve to be the World Heavyweight Champion over Daniel Bryan and Dean Ambrose, but from what I've seen these past few months, I'd say you're just trying to bite off more than you can chew, something you've actually done for your entire career so far. Now I wasn't behind the bold decision to vacate Daniel Bryan of the Hardcore Championship and elevate his match against Ambrose to competing for Smackdown's equivalent of the UWF Championship, in fact that was all Desmond Wolfe, but after what I've seen and heard from those two men, it's a decision that has my full backing and I look forward to their two out of three falls match later this evening.
The crowd pop for the mention of the trilogy in the Bryan/Ambrose saga.
Triple H: So Ted, I don't mind you saying what you said about Daniel Bryan and Dean Ambrose, but not only have you decided to disrespect your General Manager, but in doing so you've disrespected the Chief Operating Officer of this company too. Sadly it didn't end there, both Desmond and I aren't the only men you disrespected with your tirade, and it came as a real shock to me to hear what you had to say about your Father, the Million Dollar man, and a man who has done more in this business than you're on track to ever accomplish. See I respect your Father, Ted, because he was a man that helped put professional wrestling on the map, paving the way for you to even just chip away at the stone, let alone place one damn foot in that ring. So what I've done, Ted, and this is something that has been approved by your General Manager, is find you an opponent... but it's not for tonight.
DiBiase is less than impressed and begins to yell at Triple H, but Triple H hasn't quite finished yet.
Triple H: Ted, What you're going to do for the rest of the pay-per-view is leave that ring, head to the back, pack your bags, go home, and show up in two weeks on Smackdown and be ready to compete. Now as for who your opponent is? Well, let's just introduce him right now, shall we?
Triple H turns and motions to the titantron as DiBiase is eager to see who he's getting his hands on Smackdown. The crowd are all anxious to find out who's coming up against DiBiase too, but unfortunately for them nobody comes out from the back. DiBiase begins to laugh; loving the fact his opponent didn't have the guts to come out from the back. Triple H turns back around, looking visibly embarrassed.
Triple H: I'm really sorry about that, Ted, I've made a little mistake by introducing your opponent in that fashion. See Ted, your opponent for Smackdown is actually already out here. He's looking you dead in the eyes right now.
Triple H's arm falls to his side as he stares straight at DiBiase, who is rooted to the spot as he's put the pieces together. A lot of the crowd have too, but for those who haven't, Triple H helps them figure it out.
Triple H: Your opponent in two weeks... IS ME!
Huge cheers engulf the arena for the in-ring return of The Cerebral Assassin, The Game, The King of Kings, as Triple H stands at the top of the ramp eyeing off DiBiase. Triple H then throws his arms back, initiating his signature pose, while he roars at the top of his voice, completely pumped up for the announcement.
He then throws the microphone towards a technician and makes his way to the back, while DiBiase is shown in a less than pleasant mood. Starrcade then heads to a backstage.
We open on UWF Backstage announcer Todd Grisham as he spots “The American Dragon†Daniel Bryan warming up before his World Heavyweight Championship match against Dean Ambrose. Todd approaches Daniel and Daniel gives him the most annoyed look possible.
Todd Grisham: Excuse me, Daniel, but I was wondering if we could get your thoughts going in to this World Heavyweight Championship match.
Daniel Bryan: My thoughts, Todd? Have you been listening to what I've been saying since the beginning? In case you haven't, Todd, let me reiterate one last time: I am The Best Wrestler In The World and I deserve to be World Heavyweight Champion. I was stripped of the Hardcore Title. I never lost it, I want that to be absolutely crystal clear. Dean Ambrose has been a thorn in my side for months here in UWF. I can't stand him. The thought of him makes me sick. How fitting, Dean, that our match tonight is the sickest 2 out of 3 falls match in history. First fall: Submission. Second fall: Hardcore. Third fall: Ladder. It doesn't get any more deadlier than that.
Todd Grisham: What do you have to say to all of your nay sayers here tonight?
Daniel Bryan: I would only have this to say: Watch what happens. Watch what happens to Dean Ambrose in that ring. Watch what I do to him. I've been dealing with the nay sayers my entire career. “Oh, you'll never make it. You're too small, you lack that 'IT' factorâ€. Just look at where I am now. I am The Best Wrestler In The World and I am 2 falls away from being World Heavyweight Champion. It's a simple as the cold hard facts. I have Dean's number.
Todd Grisham: But, Daniel, you've only beaten him once.
Daniel Bryan: Yes, but that gave me the insight to know exactly what he's like in the ring. Tonight I'm going to know exactly what Dean is going to do before Dean does. You see, that's what a student of the art does: He memorizes, he studies, he watches. Dean has nothing better to do than be his own hype machine and pander to these people meanwhile a true winner like myself is watching videotapes and preparing for our match.
Todd Grisham: Do you have any last words for Den Ambrose before your match?
Daniel Bryan: Yes I do, in fact. Dean, listen up and listen close: Tonight is going to be the tie-breaker. We both are 1-1. By God as my witness I swear this to you: I WILL beat you to within an inch of your life and I WILL humiliate you and expose you for the cowardly fraud that you truly are but, most importantly, I WILL become the new World Heavyweight Champion and there isn't a damn thing you can say or do about it because when Daniel Bryan is involved, I do what I want.....when I want....
Daniel hauls off and slaps the taste right out of Todd's mouth. Todd falls to the ground as Bryan laughs at his actions and heads towards the ring
Lawler: What a disgusting excuse for a man!
Cole: I thought it was pretty funny.
Lawler: You would, Cole!
The fans have been having a wild night live at UWF Starrcade and now it's time for the biggest segment of the night possibly so far as Raw General Manager Theodore Long's theme hits the Public Announcement system which sends the fans into the ruckus because they know what's coming next.
[video=youtube;ISEtVa3Sjrk]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ISEtVa3Sjrk[/video]
The theme music of Raw's General Manager; Theodore Long interrupts Michael Cole. Long comes out onto the stage to a huge pop from the fans. Long proceeds to do his trademark "Thuggin' and Buggin'" dance to the delight of the people. In his hand is a clipboard with what seemingly is the UWF Contract for Robert Roode, Theodore Long climbs into the ring with a real smug look on his face as he clambers into the ring, he walks past the table in the middle of the ring as he takes a microphone, with a cock sure look on his face, Teddy Long speaks up.
Theodore Long: Holla Holla playahs! What a fantastic show we've had tonight so far and my god it's just about to get a whole lot better because I can now officially confirm, The National Wrestling Alliance World Heavyweight Champion, Robert Roode is here in person and he is going to sign a lucrative contract with UWF! Particularly UWF Raw, that's right, we're performing history right here folks! Robert Roode is leaving the Independent Circuit once more to join UWF and bringing the belt with him!
The 95% of the fans give a massive roar cheers, the really upstuck up Independent marks in the crowd boo the shit out of the idea of their beloved champion turning to the dark side, nevertheless Theodore Long clears his throat as he continues.
Theodore Long: So without further ado, I am pleased to welcome, The...
Before Theodore Long can finish, he is cut off by the speakers blaring out two words the crowd hates hearing.
Whoa Oh
[video=youtube;QEZP_bArtRI]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QEZP_bArtRI[/video]
The fans begin to boo wildly as Rhodes appears on stage with the hood of his jacket over his head, before he shows off the United States championship around his waist. He begins to make his way down to the ring, tugging on the hood of his jacket slightly. The crowd boos the man who seemingly interrupts whenever he feels like it, especially after awaiting the arrival of the newest superstar. Rhodes walks up the steel steps wiping his feet on the ring apron and stepping into the ring, but before he can even say anything Teddy quickly speaks up.
Theodore Long: Just hold up a minute there, playa! What make you think you come just come out here willy nilly and get away from it? This is revolutionary moment in UWF history, a turning point in this company and you just come out here like you own the place!
Cody Rhodes glares at Theodore Long, his eyes with visible disgust even under his cowl. He lifts up the microphone speaking out with a low toned voice.
Cody Rhodes: Like I own the place? Teddy Teddy Teddy you still haven’t learned what I’ve been trying to teach you. See Mr. Theodore Long if you want to hire someone you have to go through management, if you want to fire someone sure you can say you’re fired but you also have to go through mountains of paperwork. However if Cody Rhodes does not like someone, I get rid of them permanently here in UWF. I’ve been leaving people laying on this mat from General Managers, to Owners, to champions, to hall of famers before my fellow new world order cohorts even knew they had a contract here.
The fans begin to boo loudly, as Rhodes takes the hood off his head and turns slightly towards the people with a look of disgust on his face
Cody Rhodes : You all can quiet down, because no matter how much you hate it every single thing I say is fact. Actually that is the entire reason you hate it, because unlike all of you I can actually back up what I say, that said I am here to address something very important. Teddy you’ve put so much hype behind this man, you’ve made video packages you’ve come out here personally just to sign the deal, you actually think this man is going to be something. What you’ve failed to realize is there is a reason this man was in the “independent†circuit, the NWA World Champion that means he is the greatest minor leaguer there is. You’ve put so much into this…Bobby Roode, that you’ve overlooked just as you have always had a tendency to do, your most important superstar. I am the United States champion, I have defeated Stone Cold Steve Austin, Antonio Cesaro, Daniel Bryan, in fact I beat Wade Barrett and Dean Ambrose to become the first UWF World champion in a battle royal. I am the single greatest champion in UWF today, and yet I am not on the card only because I broke down the machine known as Brock Lesnar a little too early.
As the crowd boos once more Rhodes simply talks over them
Cody Rhodes: All of you including Teddy should be paying attention to a far greater champion than Roode, the spotlight should be on me. Bobby Roode is nothing more than a second rate, false champion, who has no business on my show or in my company. So as far as I’m concerned, he can take his so called it factor, and the NWA quote unquote “World†Championship and-
I'M OFF CHAINNNNN!
TIME TO GO AGAINST THE GRAINNNNN!
[video=youtube;BF_FD89i2M4]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BF_FD89i2M4[/video]
The fans suddenly erupt as Cody Rhodes rant is interrupted by the entrance theme of Robert Roode, everyone in attendance leaps to their feet, cheering wildly as Cody Rhodes snarls as Robert Roode emerges from the backstage area with the National Wrestling Alliance World Heavyweight Championship over his shoulder and sporting a suit, he stares down the United States champion
The fans are going nuts as Robert Roode makes his way down the entrance ramp, Theodore Long isn't looking too impressed by the contract signing becoming a disaster because of his new crazed U.S Champion, never the less Robert Roode shows no fear as he walks up the ring steps, constantly staring down with Rhodes, Roode finally climbs into the ring as he is handed a microphone by a ring technician; Roode goes to speak.
Robert Roode: Firstly Cody, it's not Bobby Roode... It's Robert Roode or just for you, The NWA WORLD HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPION! And, quite frankly Cody, your incohorent rambling, attempting to gate crash my revolutionary contract signing has just fallen short the mark, but then again, you always fall short of the mark, you always bottle it, just like your father, you are nothing more than a relevant footnote in your companies history! Clinching to hope people will remember your short World Heavyweight and UCW Championship reigning but that is it, nothing more than short reigns. Where as I am the NWA World Heavyweight Champion and I have been THE Champion to beat since I left UWF back in March, my first match for the National Wrestling Alliance, I became the man! I became a champion, no THE CHAMPION, I became the leader of a new generation, the Selfish Generation, a Generation which is led by me and is bathed in glory, but then their is you... A disappointment to everything I stand for.
Rhodes looks as if he's about to crack, but he pauses turning his head and looking at the audience once more, before he reaches back and flips the hood back on his head. Seemingly getting to him however once he does you see him chuckle slightly before lifting his microphone
Cody Rhodes: Isn't that adorable, you think you're a champion. I wanted to give a visual aid to the homely looking people watching, you see the different between you and I Roode is very simple. Teddy here, and all those in charge in the back...they took Everything from me. UCW Championship I lost it in such an abysmal way, UWF Title after it was pried from my grasp after having match after match while injured. Both those titles I never got a rematch for, hell when I came back to UWF the likes of Wade Barrett, CM Punk, and Randy Orton were given a world title shot. All men I've beaten just as those in the world title picture since. Dashing Cody Rhodes did everything right down the middle, beating them all and I was given nothing in fact everything I had was taken from me. Oh but you...
Rhodes motions towards Roode gesturing to him up and down
Cody Rhodes:You've been handed everything by those same people, they all want you to succeed because they, like you, think you have it. This mask and cowl over my once dashing face, it may hide me away but my vision has only become clearer because of it, and I see you for what you truly are. Someone who just isn’t there, sure you have the look, the suits, the hype, but once you’re in the ring you just didn't cut it. The reason you left is because you couldn't make it and so you went somewhere else became their top guy and decide to come back to the big leagues and try and show off your new flashy championship. I get held down, but they raise you up as high as they can yet you always fall on your face. They like you, They hate me, You barely escape this ring, I rule over this ring. And that title on your shoulder it may impress the likes of Teddy Long and these disgusting looking people. But you are not THE champion, no when I become champion I become THE champion because I will have beaten them all to get there. Teddy will throw everything at me to try and slow me down but because of my god given ability to excel in this ring I always come out with my hand raised. That’s why the United States champion has victories over every Champion and every title contender in UWF today, which is why I am the single greatest United States Champion in History.
The crowd boos in disapproval as Rhodes looks towards Teddy Long, he walks over to him and takes the clipboard from his hand.
Cody Rhodes:Right now I’m giving you an out, You can leave, take your “world†title and keep beating the scrubs, and hell maybe these people will start thinking you are the best in that situation. Or would you rather come into UWF and learn that people who are supposed to make it never do while Cody Rhodes is around. If you sign this I’m not saying we’re going to have a match, I’m not challenging you to anything in fact whether you sign this or not I’d rather not see you again. But Drew McIntyre had it, he was The Chosen One and now he’s nowhere to be found. Brock Lesnar he was the Unstoppable Force and the Immovable Object in one machine, now he’s in a hospital hoping no one remembers Cody Rhodes humbled him. People who are supposed to be “It†never make it when I have something to say about it. Whether Teddy, they in the back, the rest of the roster, the fans, hell even those in the nWo Like it or not it really is irrelevant. I am what I said I was going to be when I was dashing, The man. The difference is now I don’t care about looking good, I just care about making others…disfigured. So make a choice Champ
Rhodes extends the clipboard out, snarling as the crowd show their hatred for him. Teddy seems to be steaming that Cody is ruining his signing by making it about him but before Theodore Long can say something, Robert Roode responds back.
Robert Roode: Cody, Cody, Cody, will you please shut the hell up! I am sick and tired of the New World Order believing they are gods-gift to Ultimate Wrestling Federation, that they are 'revolutionary' and I cannot believe that you genuinely believe you are owed anything! Cody, you lost those championship because you weren't simply made for it, you were a cut below the rest, a nobody, you cling to that UWF United States Championship like it's a World Heavyweight Championship but in reality, you have only held that United States Championship for little over a week and you're already proclaiming you are the greatest, if you ever get the guts to put that belt on the line against me, then we'll see if you are truly a champion.
Cody Rhodes snarls as he stares at Robert Roode, Roode looking incredibly smug and up himself continues.
Robert Roode: But that will never happen, will it Cody? Because without that the United States Championship, you would be NOTHING and I mean nothing, you aren't a revolutionary, you're a follower, a tag along, a man that hitches a ride with whoever is on fire and whoever you can look great with but that is laughable considering your current group is nothing more than a rehash of a group which hasn't been relevant in over ten years; that mask and cowl you wear, isn't because of the reasons you stated, you wear that mask to hide your own shame, the shame of the fact, you could never amount to the same level as your father; you walk in his shadows every day, you envy the fact, the it factor of professional wrestling holds the same belt your father once did and that eats you alive.
Roode chuckles as he finishes off his response to Cody Rhodes, the fans are fully behind him right now.
Robert Roode: Mark my words, Cody, soon us two will meet again and Cody, you will learn that it's Pays to be Roode.
Rhodes looks around as the crowd pops for Roodes signature phrase, Rhodes takes his hood off and snarls as he takes a step forward but Roode keeps staring right through him. Cody seems to think about it, and as both men stare each other down Rhodes starts to walk around the ring. Robert Roode moves himself not letting Rhodes out of his sight as they switch places in the ring, Rhodes lifts up his microphone once he's in the spot Roode was
Cody Rhodes: Well Mr. Roode, you can think what you'd like. I don't envy anyone, that title on your shoulder it represents the highest peak of my fathers career. But I have proven myself greater than he ever was, I don't look at my fathers accomplishments and try to follow suit he won his only U.S Title at Starrcade, I was awarded mine before we even had a Starrcade. This title around my waist represents the future of this company and I will be taking that in my hands and doing with it what I'd like...
Rhodes tilts his head as he looks at Roode whose expression doesn't seem to change, almost looking for an excuse from Rhodes to shut him up. Rhodes nods his head as he looks over at Long
Cody Rhodes: And as much as I would love to ruin your night, by showing you just how high on the food chain Robert Roode stands. In fact I would even go so far as to put my U.S Title on the line against him since you seem so eager to make a name for yourself here...
The crowd pops at the thought, as Rhodes turns his head with a look of disgust towards the crowd waiting for them to quiet down before he continues
Cody Rhodes: However...I've already put my championship on the line tonight, and since I've competed I don't feel it necessary to keep wasting my time out here with the likes of you. Just keep in mind that I tried to give you a fair warning, don't blame me when you find out UWF isn't about dreams anymore...quite the opposite with me around as those who have faced me can attest to...
Rhodes takes a step forward but Roode does the same waiting for Rhodes to make any sort of move, Rhodes notices this and moves his hand behind him gripping the top rope
Cody Rhodes: Cody Rhodes 6:25
Rhodes takes a step back and steps out of the ring, hopping to the outside as the crowd boos thinking they were going to see a confrontation. Rhodes looks around with a snarl, he flips his hood back on and turns his head around towards the stage as he takes his leave, leaving Roode in the ring
UWF Starrcade goes backstage, to Desmond Wolfe's office, he has a teapot on his dress with a piking hot mug of tea to his write, seemingly writing his Pay Per View pay slips as Batista bursts into his office, wearing a suit, Batista begins to make demands to Desmond Wolfe.
Batista: Oi, Desmond! Did you see me prove another point, dominating Rob and putting him out of his misery with that Spinebuster onto the Steel Steps?
Desmond Wolfe looks at Batista, Wolfe leans back on his chair before putting his feet on the desk, taking a sip of his tea, Wolfe clears his throat and prepares a response.
Desmond Wolfe: Yeah I did wanker, but gives ya the right to storm into me office? This ain't a revolving door office, sunshine! When the guv'nor is signing the payslips, noone can enter, ya hear? However, I like yer style Batista, you ain't taking no shit on Smackdown and you have impressed me to no end and I think it's time you got ya just deserts, so this is what I'm gonna give ya, I've been planning this for weeks; at the Great American Bash, ya will be one of the four challengers for the World Heavyweight Championship in a scramble match, ya hear me? Congratulations, wanker, now get out.
Batista growls back at Desmond Wolfe and begins to leave, as he goes to shut the door behind him, Batista has the final word for Desmond Wolfe.
Batista: Don't you ever call me a wanker again, or else!
Batista slams the door behind him as Desmond Wolfe chuckles to himself and shakes his head.
Desmond Wolfe: what an absolute tosspot.
Cole: Ladies and Gentlemen, now it's time for Raw's main event of the evening. Stone Cold Steve Austin defends his UWF Championship aganist Wade Barrett!
Roberts: The following match is scheduled for one fall and is for the UWF Championship!
I DON'T CARE WHAT YOU THINK OF ME!
[video=youtube;eNdHj8KbTPI]http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=eNdHj8KbTPI[/video]
The crowd let out a sigh of disappointment, barring a selection of fans that have taking a liking to the former Undisputed champion, as Wade Barrett walks out from the back and smirks at the UWF Universe at the top of the ramp, before forcing the jacket off his back and punching the air. a confident smirk fills his face as he makes his way down to the ring ready for to try and get a shot at his former championship.
Roberts: Introdcing first, From Manchester, England. Weighing in at 250 pounds, Wade Barrett!
Wades enters the ring via the steps on the far side. He waits inside the ring for his entrance theme to be cut and then he waits a further few moments more, affirming his importance, before lifting his hands up with a finger pointing up from each hand.
Justin Roberts: The following contest is scheduled for one fall! Introducing first...
[video=youtube;tgaQHHJMDtA]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tgaQHHJMDtA[/video]
"Badass" by Saliva begins to play over the PA system, sending the fans in attendance into an uproar as they give the Texas Rattlesnake a negative reaction. As they voice their disdain, through the curtain he walks, with his championship belt in tow.
Justin Roberts:And his opponent, from Victoria, Texas, weighing in at 252 pounds, He is the reigning and defending UWF Champion, Stone Cold Steve Ausssstiiiiiinnnnnn!
Austin makes his way down the ramp quickly, eyeing the ring with a purpose, as he arrives at the steel steps and walks up them, then turning and walking along the apron before stepping through the ropes. Austin raises his championship over his head, inspiring more booing from the crowd, as he lowers it and throws it over his shoulder as he waits for the bell.
Cole: Both men coming out early!
King: This is for the most prestigious Championship in our sport Cole. There’s no half assing it!
Austin throws a few punches to Barrett’s face before getting off of the Challenger and bouncing off the ropes before dropping an elbow across Wade’s forehead. Austin then quickly goes for a cover on his opponent…
1…
2…
Barrett kicks out!
Austin wastes no time stomping a mudhole on Barrett before picking him to his feet and throwing him to the nearest corner. Austin soon follows up with an Avalanche splash into the corner, which drives all the air out of Barrett’s lungs. Barrett falls to the mat, trying to catch his breath, but Austin doesn’t let up. Austin begins putting the boots back to Barrett before giving him the finger and driving a boot to the side of the temple. Barrett goes limp as Austin drags him out the corner and goes for a cover…
1…
2…
Barrett kicks out!
King: Wade Barrett hasn’t been on his game as of yet!
Austin quickly gets off Barrett before heading to the turnbuckle and ascending to the second one. Austin waits for Barrett to get to his feet before giving him the finger and jumping off, looking for a Double Axe Handle, but Barrett catches him with a forearm to the midsection. This stops Austin’s momentum and doubles him over and Barrett responds with a big boot to Austin’s face. Austin goes down and grabs his mouth before Barrett goes for a cover…
1…
2…
Austin kicks out!
Barrett wastes no time lifting Austin off the mat before wrapping his arms around Austin’s waist and bringing his back down onto his knee with a vicious side breaker. Austin grabs his back in pain as Barrett goes for another cover…
1…
2…
Austin rolls a shoulder!
Barrett continues to stay on the offensive. He rolls Austin onto his stomach before driving his knee into Austin’s spine. Austin yells in pain as Barrett repeats the process, bringing all of his body weight down on Austin’s back. Barrett lifts Austin off the mat, before quickly throwing him back first into the corner. Austin’s spine crashes hard on the turnbuckle and the recoil forces him to stumble out of it and into the waiting arms of Wade Barrett who once again lifts Austin off the and slams him down with a Sidewalk Slam. Barrett then proceeds to hook Austin’s near leg and covers the Champion…
1…
2…
Austin kicks out!
Cole: Barrett has turned it around.
After Austin kicks out, Barrett gets off him and creates some distance. He waits for Austin to pull himself to his feet and when the Champion does, Barrett comes at him with a clothesline. Austin ducks under though, and surprises the challenger by spinning him around and lifting him up and slamming on the canvas with a Double A-like Spinebuster. Barrett’s neck and head slam hard on the canvas as Austin goes for another cover…
1…
2…
King: What a move by the UWF Champion!
Barrett kicks out!
Austin gets to his feet and shakes off the cobwebs he’s got from the beating he’s taken so far. He soon turns his attention back to the challenger, who is beginning to get to his feet. Austin goes behind the challenger and locks in the Cobra Clutch submission known as The Million Dollar Dream…
Cole: The Million Dollar Dream! Austin’s brought this move back to relevance in the past few weeks.
Austin has his former manager’s submission locked in tightly and Barrett struggles to stay alive. He heads towards the nearest turnbuckle in an attempt to grab the ropes. Austin applies more pressure though and Barrett starts to fade. His movements get slower and slower and eventually Barrett stops moving all together. The referee notices this and checks on the challenger. He lifts his arm once and it falls…
King: Barrett may be out!
The referee lifts Barrett’s arm a second time and once again it falls.
Cole: One more time and Austin will retain his Championship!
The referee lifts Barrett’s arm once more, but this time it does not fall. There is still life in the challenger. Barrett knows he needs to escape this situation though. He starts moving back towards the ropes again, and reaches out, but he cannot make it.
King: He’s too far!
Barrett realizes that he can’t make it, so he comes up with an alternate solution. He uses his long legs and places them on the middle turnbuckle pad and pushes himself off and falls backwards onto his back and pinning Austin in the process…
1…
2…
Austin breaks the hold, kicking out in the process!
Cole: Ingenious counter by the challenger.
Austin gets to his feet as Barrett shakes off the effects of the submission. Austin looks to go back to the well, trying to apply to the submission again. Barrett has it somewhat scouted this time and as Austin wraps his arms around Barrett’s neck, Wade reaches around and throws Austin over his shoulder with a modified hip toss. Austin rolls through, avoiding all damage and immediately gets to his feet. He charges right at Barrett, who is ready for him and catches him with a spinning Black Hole Slam…
Cole: Winds of Change!
Austin hits the mat hard and grabs his spine that Barrett was working on earlier and the challenger goes for another cover…
1…
2…
Austin kicks out!
Austin rolls over to the ring apron and the challenger goes right after him. Austin stands up on the apron and Barrett grabs Austin’s arm before throwing it over his shoulder and suplexing him back into the ring. Once again, Austin grabs his spine in pain as Barrett falls onto him for a cover…
1…
2…
Austin kicks out!
Cole: Barrett is doing a good job working over Austin’s back.
Barrett looks out into the sea of people, who all boo him. Barrett smiles a sly smile, knowing that he has Austin right where he wants him. Barrett lifts the Champion off the mat before lifting him onto his shoulders…
King: It could be time for the Barrett Barrage to start again!
Barrett appears ready to deliver Wasteland. Austin throws a few elbows to the side of Barrett’s skull, which causes the Challenger to drop the Champion. Austin lands on his feet behind Barrett before the Champion spins him around and kicks him in the gut, doubling Barrett over before Austin grabs his head and drops him with a Stunner!
Cole: Stone Cold Stunner!!
Barrett flops to the mat and Austin crawls for his cover, grabbing his back in pain…
1…
2…
Cole: Austin’s going to retain!
3…NO! Barrett kicks out!
King: It’s not over!
The shock is written all over Austin’s face. The Stunner is his bread and butter. He gets to his feet and proceeds to grab Barrett and lift him to his. Austin curses the Challenger out before lifting Barrett onto his shoulders and smiling at the people…
Cole: You don’t think?
Austin has a firm control over Barrett’s arms, but Barrett responds with elbows just like Austin did previously. Just like earlier, Austin drops Barrett and now Barrett can strike. He quickly gets Austin off his shoulders and slams him on the mat with Wasteland!!
King: Wasteland! New Champion!
The ring shakes as Barrett hits his finishing move. Barrett breathes a sigh of relief and covers Austin, looking for his second World Championship…
1…
2…
Austin kicks out!
Barrett doesn’t believe it either. That was his best shot. He gets to his feet and grabs Austin by his bald head. He then talks trash to Austin before giving him the finger and kicking him in the stomach, which doubles Austin over and Barrett reaches for his skull...
Cole: Now Barrett’s going for the Stunner!
Austin blocks the Stunner by pushing Barrett in the back sending him to the ropes. Barrett bounces off and comes back at Austin who kicks him in the stomach and hits another Stunner!!
King: That’s how it’s done!
Barrett goes down again and Austin goes for another cover…
1…
2…
3…
Roberts: Here is your winner and Still UWF Champion; “Stone Cold†Steve Austin!
“Badass†by Saliva plays and Austin gets to his feet victorious. The referee grabs the Smoking Skull Championship from ringside and hands it to him. Austin slowly climbs the top rope and shows off his title to the fans who boo him.
Cole: One month ago, Steve Austin realized his dream, and tonight he’s taken his first step to being the greatest UWF Champion of all time.
Austin rolls under the ropes and leaves the ring, heading up the ramp. He reaches the top of the stage and shows off his title one more time to the people. Starrcade then heads backstage.
William Regal frantically paces around the interview area waiting for Josh Matthews. Josh Matthews appears in view speed-walking. He walks up to the annoyed Regal and addresses him.
Josh Matthews: William sir, sorry I'm la...
He is rudely interrupted by Regal.
William Regal: Shut up you useless waste of space. You can't even show up on time for an interview. Can you even tell the time?
Josh Matthews responds stuttering.
Josh Matthews: I'm sorry William.
Regal smirks and laughs at Matthews.
William Regal: So you should be, I'm sick and tired of having my time wasted. Now, I have some matters I would like to address. First of all, last week on Raw, that no mark Mr Anderson got lucky. He is not even in my league and a lapse in concentration cost me that match. I promise you all that it will not happen again. As of now, I will demolish every idiot that stands before me. I know, Josh knows and all of you mongrels in attendance know that I am the most superior wrestler to ever step foot in the UWF. Soon, my dominance will fill the roster and I will win the UWF championship.
Josh Matthews intervenes.
Josh Matthews: What do you think about being left off the card?
Regal snatches the mic off Josh
William Regal: What do I think? Are you seriously asking what I think? I think it is disgraceful that they havn't put their top superstar in the PPV, I should be main eventing. I'm the greatest their is. I'll prove that on Raw when I destroy my next opponent.
Regal storms out leaving Josh bewildred. We then head back to the ring for the main event!
JR: Well ladies and gentlemen it is finally here. The match all Smackdown, no all of UWF has been waiting for. The end of a bitter rivalry that has seen blood, utter hatred, and been the antithesis of a slobberknocker. And now in the final encounter it is going to be for the Most prized possession in UWF The Worlds Heavyweight Championship.
Piper: Dean Ambrose, Daniel Bryan. Two insane men who make me look like Mary freaking Poppins. For arguably the biggest championship in the history of wrestling, well it gives even a nice young lad like me chills.
JR: And both men share a victory over the other which makes the match all the more interesting as it is going to be the first in UWF history a Two out of Three Falls match. The first a submission match which you have to think will favor Daniel Bryan, than a Hardcore match, something Dean Ambrose is very very hard to beat at, and finally should it be necessary a ladder match will determine the new Worlds Champion.
Piper: The winner of this gets into the history books JR, the loser will probably never be remembered which will totally suck for them.
Lillian Garica: The following contest is a Two out of Three Falls Match and it is to determine the Next UWF World Heavyweight Championship. The objective is to beat your opponent twice in a series of three matches, the first will be a submission match followed by a hardcore match. Then if necessary the final fall will be a ladder match and the winner will be World Champion. Now, introducing first...
[video=youtube;v9aAGEn10D8]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=v9aAGEn10D8[/video]
The crowd begins booing loudly as the former Hardcore Champion comes out to the ring stopping at the top of the apron and signalling for Gold around his waist. Bryan walks quickly down the ramp chanting YES YES YES! Much to the chagrin of the Sold Out Crowd. He doesn't get into the ring immediately and instead heads to the annoucer's side of the ring where the World Title is being displayed and Bryan stares at it with a big smile on his face. He nods as if agreeing in his head before turning and sliding into the ring before throwing his arm up in the air with a finger out telling the world he is number 1.
Lillian Garcia: From Aberdeen Washington, weighing in tonight at 210 lbs. Please welcome the former Hardcore Champion, Daniel Bryan!
Bryan begins screaming Yes Yes Yes! as the crowd begins chanting No No No!
JR: It looks like the crowd and Bryan are going to be disagreeing on how they feel this match up is going to end.
Piper: The only way this match ends JR is if one or both men can't walk out of the ring underneath both their power.
Lillian Garcia: And introducing his opponent...
[video=youtube;eBR3vwYJCiE]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eBR3vwYJCiE[/video]
The crowd get to their feet as a huge pop explodes in the arena as Ambrose makes his way out to the stage area. He does not have a smile on his face instead he ignores everything going on and just stares right at Daniel Bryan who continues to look smug in the ring. The sadistic Ambrose begins walking slowly but methodically to the ring ignoring the hands hoping to get a shake or a high five from him. Like Bryan he too heads over to the announcer's side and to the World Title, never taking his eyes off of Bryan. Ambrose stands between the World Title and Bryan as if symbolically saying Ambrose stands between him and the belt. Ambrose doesn't say anything and just continues to stare as he hops up to the apron.
Lillian Garcia: From Cinncinatti Ohio, weighing in tonight at 225 lbs, Dean Ambrose!
As his name is called Ambrose steps into the ring and without a smile or even nodding towards the crowd he prepares for the match of his life.
JR: And the look on Ambrose's face speaks about not only how personal this match is, but also how much is on the line.
Piper: I don't know, if Ambrose doesn't get whatever stick out of his ass Bryan could use that to his advantage.
DING DING DING!
The bell rings.
The bell rings and Bryan and Ambrose immediately get into each other’s faces the personal hatred for each other is clearly evident on the faces of both combatants. Ambrose tells Bryan he is welcome to the first shot and Bryan laughs mocking Ambrose saying one shot is all he needs. Ambrose doesn’t believe it and says give it all you got. Bryan shrugs before taking his hand and chopping the chest of Ambrose, the sickening sound of flesh hitting flesh blows throughout the arena. Ambrose just smiles as he shots he’s been smacked around harder by his grandmother. Again Bryan unleashes a knife edge chop that sends the crowd into a roar of WOO! Ambrose again continues to smile as Bryan unleashes a third knife edge chop that just manages to stagger Ambrose a bit. Ambrose his chest swelling up from the shots shouts, my turn as Bryan goes for a fourth chop. Ambrose gets real low and dodges the blow surprising Bryan before Daniel turns around only to be clearly staggered by a shot from Ambrose. Bryan screams in agony as he holds his chest in pain, before Ambrose again hits a knife edge chop, this one sends Bryan to the mat and the crowd lets off a big cheer as Ambrose wins the first salvo. Ambrose laughs as Bryan gets to his feet and Bryan has had it and tackles Ambrose to the ground before trying to bring down as many punches on top of Ambrose as he can, but Ambrose rolls Bryan onto his back and begins unloading, before they roll again this time Bryan nailing Ambrose with punches aimed at his opponent’s jaw and chin. The ref finally manages to the two separated and the crowd begins to boo not wanting the ref to break up the action.
Piper: Last time I checked JR, you couldn’t win a submission match like that. I mean it has been a while but I don’t think the rules have changed that much.
Ambrose and Bryan take to separate corners wiping the sweat off of their respective faces before stretching. Both men know this match is not going to be easy or quick and need to keep both composure and stamina to win it. After Ambrose slaps his chest in a sign of readiness, Dean and Daniel tie up in the center of the ring prepared to lock it up again. Bryan quickly throws Ambrose into a headlock, but Ambrose has been trained for this move since day one of his training and switches the hold so he has his arms wrapped around his waist from behind Bryan. Bryan looks to elbow Ambrose in the side of the head but Ambrose ducks it before wrapping his arms around Bryan’s waist now in position looking for a belly to belly suplex, but Ambrose knees Ambrose in the gut allowing Bryan to get his arms around Dean’s neck and bringing him down with a headlock takedown. Never one to not take advantage Bryan tries to keep him in a headlock on the ground but Ambrose kicks his body hard and gets out before both men get to their feet again before breaking as the crowd gives off applause to both athletes. Bryan clearly won that salvo but there is still plenty of time to go. Bryan now feels the advantage as he calls for Ambrose to come at him, Ambrose never one to back down from a challenge goes for a kick to the gut of Bryan but Bryan catches it, smiling at the failed effort of his opponent for the world title. Ambrose smiles back before delivering an enziguri that takes the baby oil on Bryan’s face and sends it flying into the third row of seats.
JR: And Bryan made his first real mistake here in the early going, and you’d think by the third match between the two you wouldn’t underestimate your opponent.
Piper: It happens, JR. Even I had an occasional mix up with a partner or against my opponent. The trick is how you respond to it.
Ambrose feels it now as he goes for the leg of Bryan possibly to lock in a submission maneuver to try and win the match right here, but Bryan kicks him off more out of instinct than anything. Ambrose gets up smiling glad to see his opponent is going to make it difficult; Ambrose after all loves it when it is difficult. The longest reigning Hardcore Champion in UWF History brings Bryan to his feet before shooting him off the ropes. Ambrose attempts to send Bryan to the mat with a hip toss, but Bryan blocks it before grabbing Ambrose and attempting to send him to the mat with a hip toss, but while Ambrose is in the air he makes a terrific counter and sends Bryan to the mat with an arm drag. Ambrose latches on to the arm and wrenches it bringing Bryan to his feet. Once on his feet Ambrose continues to add pressure twisting the arm of Bryan hoping to possibly remove the shoulder from its socket. Changing his mind Ambrose brings Bryan into a headlock, and yet somehow Bryan shoves Ambrose into the ropes, unfortunately Bryan’s luck runs out as Ambrose comes back knocking the former champion to the mat with a shoulder block. This gets the crowd rocking a little as Bryan gets back up to his feet and Ambrose grabs him before sending the damaged and twisted arm into the steel ring post to the big delight of the crowd. Bryan comes back out holding his arm in serious pain as Ambrose again grabs it and twists it before snap kicking Bryan hard in the chest. Another snap kick staggers Bryan who is essentially helpless as his arm is still being wrenched by Ambrose, until Ambrose let’s go and nails Bryan with a picture perfect spinning heel kick. Bryan goes down and Ambrose puts Bryan on his stomach before going and locking in the Crossface and the first submission maneuver of the match up has been put into play here in the first match.
JR: Crossface! Ambrose pulling out the Crossface which is highly unexpected and it’s a good one as Ambrose has that arm locked in between his legs.
Piper: These fans really want to see Daniel Bryan tap out here. I think they are crazy, they don’t know what they’d miss if Bryan threw in the towel here in the early going.
Bryan does not take Piper’s advice and instead of immediately tapping begins struggling to get to the bottom rope which is only several feet away. The crowd is loud trying to play tricks with Bryan’s mind as he fights hard to get to ropes, Ambrose increasing the pressure every opportunity he gets. The American Dragon will not quit as he inches closer and closer to the bottom rope, Ambrose tries adding leverage and pressure one more time but it is no good as Bryan reaches the bottom rope and holds onto it for dear life. The ref gets Ambrose off of Bryan as Daniel pulls himself out of the ring in desperation. Bryan holds his arm in pain before rubbing his neck in his very short reprieve from action as Ambrose sends Bryan into the barricade with a baseball slide. Bryan remains standing however and comes back to the center of the floor before Ambrose leaps over the ropes and comes crashing down on top of Bryan. Both men fall to the floor hurting after the daring move from Ambrose.
JR: This shows you the length both men are going to go to in able to walk out Worlds Heavyweight Champion here tonight.
Ambrose is up first much of the impact was taken by Bryan upon crashing on the floor and he gets up and yells a thundering bellow. Ambrose begins stalking Bryan as he gets to his feet; Ambrose tackles Bryan hard into the steel ring barricade focusing on the lower back of Bryan. Daniel is hurting now as Ambrose unleashes a brutal knife edge chop across Bryan’s chest once again. Ambrose picks up the beaten down Bryan and hits a snake eyes on the ring barricade; a big welt has formed on Bryan’s chest now as he reaches the floor. Ambrose loves the momentum he has as he brings Bryan to his feet and with ease sends Bryan crashing to the mat with a snap suplex. Ambrose sits up and begins clapping as he gets a sadistic look in his eyes before looking at the ground around him. The crowd isn’t sure what to expect from Ambrose as you know he is capable of doing some pretty insane things. What Ambrose does is truly insane as he undoes the padding at ring side forcing the crowd into a shocked frenzy. The cold steel surface of the First Mariner Arena exposed. Ambrose throws an arm up to the sky as if asking the wrestling gods for their favor before turning his attention back towards Bryan.
JR: The padding has been removed Piper, Ambrose is going for the kill here tonight and this match is only a few minutes old.
Piper: He manages to bring Bryan down on that surface he will definitely be taking this match 2-0 because many men have been severely injured dealing with the steel under the padding.
Ambrose is indeed going for maximum damage as he brings Bryan over to the steel floor and places him between his legs, Ambrose is looking to PILEDRIVE his opponent onto the steel floor. The ground gets quiet as Ambrose attempts to bring Bryan up and into him, but Bryan sensing his career, no his life is on the line manages to force his weight to send him back to the floor. Ambrose positions himself again to lift Bryan but the positioning allows Bryan to gain an opportunity and with everything on the line he uses it sending Ambrose up and over him crashing to the padding side. Bryan has managed to escape a terrifying fate and now angered by the lack of regard Ambrose has for him gives Ambrose a swift kick in the spine as Ambrose is sitting up holding his back in pain. Bryan extremely angry now begins kicking Ambrose in the stomach until Ambrose moves onto his back, only for Bryan to begin kicking the crap out of his opponent’s kidneys. “Try pissing now you psycho son of a bitch.†Bryan yells again kicking the kidney’s and back of Ambrose. Pleased with his assault and hoping to once and for all embarrass Ambrose he helps his opponent to his feet and tosses him into the ring.
JR: I think Daniel Bryan has finally snapped Hot Rod, just unloading those vicious kicks to the kidney and back area of Ambrose. I think he might be trying to cripple him.
Piper: Ambrose was trying to paralyze Bryan at best just a few minutes JR. If somebody tried to do that to me I’d pound there ass so far into the ground we’d be at the core of the earth and I still wouldn’t be done.
Bryan is clearly no longer satisfied with just making Ambrose tap out, he wants to take a piece of Ambrose’s soul. Ambrose gets to his feet and Bryan drops him to the mat with a brutal roundhouse kick that sends Ambrose to the mat. With Ambrose face first on the mat Bryan digs into his arsenal and surprises everyone when he places both his feet right below Ambrose’s knees and lifts him up into a surfboard submission hold. The crowd is impressed as he holds Ambrose above him not having to worry about getting pinned to the mat. Ambrose screams in agony as Bryan pulls on Ambrose’s wrists for ultimate pressure.
Piper: Everybody loves Surfing JR, especially Daniel Bryan. If he wins with this move I would not be surprised if he has a beach boys gimmick come Friday Night.
JR: I’m impressed Hot Rod, by both these men, they are truly showing here tonight what it means to be a champion.
The crowd is trying to help Ambrose but he is essentially trapped as he can’t pin Bryan and at the same time his ligaments are all trapped in the hold so the ropes are not an option. Bryan has a huge smile on his face but Ambrose is repeatedly asked by the official if he gives to which Ambrose says NO! “Come on Dean don’t get yourself killed here, do you give up?†The official asks to which Ambrose responds “Go to Hell!†This causes Bryan to begin to hesitate just a bit and Ambrose uses it as an opportunity to bring himself down towards Bryan, if pinfalls counted Bryan would be getting counted to the mat now, Ambrose is trained to use every body part as a weapon and it is at this time he decides to use his hardest one, his head. He sends the back of his head smacking into Bryan’s face not once but twice, the second time popping Bryan in the nose. The impact causes Bryan to lose his ability to hold on to Ambrose who is able to escape to the ground, but he doesn’t get up as the hold has taken a lot out of him. Bryan grabs his nose in pain no one is able to see the damage until Bryan begins using the ropes to get to his feet. Bryan’s nose is not broken but it is indeed bleeding as he reaches his feet. Looking at the blood pouring into his hands Bryan curses as some fans jeer him for it. Ambrose has managed to use the ropes now to get to his feet and Bryan goes after him as if he were easy prey, Ambrose has proven time and again he is not, as he uses Bryan’s momentum against him to lock Bryan into a Fujiwara Armbar. The crowd erupts into cheers as Bryan’s arm is now being ripped from his socket and the tables have quickly turned.
JR: And this is what happens when you have two great artists of the business in a submission match, at any point in time the momentum, the outcome of the match can change in a heartbeat.
Piper: God damn JR, this match is intense and it is only the first fall.
Bryan finds himself in trouble much like he was in the early going. The camera zooms in on his face, blood drips from his nose as he is clearly in some form of pain. Bryan is digging deep as he now is forced to try and get to the ropes. Ambrose has a sick smirk on his face feeling Bryan has a low threshold for pain, but Bryan is surprising everyone by soldiering on. Inch after painful inch of his arm potentially being pulled from its socket, Bryan reaches the ropes some of the crowd cheering but most jeering the fact Ambrose did not win it there. Ambrose is a little surprised as well but it is ok in his book as it just means more pain he can unleash. Ambrose begins stalking Bryan as he makes his way to his feet holding his arm in agony. He turns around and Ambrose sets him up in the suplex position before lifting him up, just as suddenly as he does he brings him down into a powerbomb set up, but Bryan somehow manages to bring Ambrose to the mat grabbing his head and looking for his arm Bryan is going for the triangle choke.
JR: Wow what a counter by Daniel Bryan. If he can get that arm of Ambrose this one could be over and we could Daniel Bryan going up one fall to nothing.
Piper: The first fall is important JR, but it is not the end of the world, one of these men is going to have to decide if they would rather end up in a wheelchair before they can even get to the second match.
Ambrose has the ring sense to take his arm out of Bryan’s reach and grab the ropes forcing Bryan to let go of Ambrose. Surprisingly Bryan does as the official asks, getting everyone to look at his arms by saying ok so that he can wrap his legs around Ambrose’s ankles and drive him down to the mat, Ambrose falls face first into the mat and Bryan finds a burst of energy that allows him to get on top of Ambrose and lock in his finisher the former LeBell, now known as the Yes lock!
JR: This is what Bryan has been hoping to do since the start of the match. The Yes Lock has put many people away in my time and regardless of the goofy name as you can see from the look on Ambrose’s face the maneuver is deadly.
Piper: Yes lock? The people who create the names of these moves should be shot.
Ambrose would be begging for mercy if he didn’t want to appear to be a total badass to the fans as he is in some serious pain. The toll of the past few minutes of move after move, counter after counter, are finally taking his toll. Bryan is screaming, Yes! Yes! Yes! But Ambrose is not going to give up and give Bryan the satisfaction, Ambrose much like he proved at Backlash would rather die than tap out to this maniac. He thinks of what it would feel like to be World Champion something he only dreamed of when he came to UWF, and it spurs him on as he inches closer, every second he feels a little bit stronger. Bryan’s yes’ quickly stop the closer to the ropes Ambrose gets before shouting No! No! No! Ambrose continues to think of the gold plated championship and its history, the idea of his name being in the book with some of the greats and he manages to reach the ropes. The crowd explode into cheers and Bryan cannot believe it. Bryan holds onto the hold even longer forcing the referee to start counting him as the crowd begins to boo. 1… 2… 3… 4… Realizing Bryan has no intention of letting go the referee steps in and Ambrose feels the pain lessen as Bryan lets go. Bryan explodes into the ref’s face telling him he had until 5 and needs to just end the match before Ambrose gets seriously hurt. He tells the official Ambrose’s is too dumb to tap so do the right thing for him. The argument continues for a few seconds the referee not willing to do that to the fighting Ambrose. Bryan shoves the official hard and this gets jeers and an ooh from the crowd. The official never one to be happy with getting shoved, puts his hands on Bryan and shoves him hard. The crowd goes nuts at this and before Bryan can respond Ambrose spins him around, the thought of the World Title in his mind, victory or death, drags Bryan to the mat and puts him in the Regal Stretch!
JR: The tables have been turned again. You have to imagine this is the move Ambrose has been looking for this entire time and now he has locked in right in the center of the ring.
Piper: What a pansy taking a temper tantrum on the official. Grow a pair you bitch!
Bryan now is in serious pain again, like Ambrose the match has taken its toll on him. He thinks of the World Championship, he thinks of himself standing tall at the end of the night screaming Yes Yes Yes! He thinks of the history and the fact he would go down as a legend not to mention the best in the history of UWF. He thinks of Ambrose and how crazy he is, how Ambrose will not tap out and will die before submitting. Bryan realizes Ambrose will kill him if given the opportunity. Realizing it is indeed only the first fall, and not willing to die, Bryan resigns himself at last and begins to tap out in the center of the ring. The crowd goes crazy as the first fall has been at last decided and the official immediately reaches in to get Ambrose off of Bryan.
JR: And finally one of these men has come to their senses and unfortunately for Daniel Bryan it means he is now down 1-0.
Piper: I give the guy credit. He still has two falls to go, at least now he’ll be able to compete in the second match instead of dead which if it were up to Ambrose would be how that first match ended.
Winner of the first fall: Dean Ambrose!
Ambrose has his hand raised and as the rules state a thirty second break will occur before the next match starts which gives Bryan a few seconds to recover from the pain and humiliation he has just suffered by tapping out in the first match.
DING DING DING
JR: And that signal means the second match is about to begin and this one should be very different from the first as it is going to be a Hardcore style match.
Piper: This all started over the Hardcore Championship JR, it is only fitting one of these falls is Hardcore style even if the title no longer exists.
Bryan now is feeling the pressure as he is down and must win the next two falls to become World Champion, of course Bryan knows he can do it as he stretches his arm and prepares to go to work for another match. Ambrose calls for a tie up which surprises everyone and Bryan agrees feeling this will get him back into the match. The two lock up and Bryan grabs Ambrose’s arm twisting it before bringing it behind Ambrose’s back and wrenching it. Ambrose tries elbowing Bryan with his free arm but Bryan has placed himself just out of reach. Without many other options Ambrose twists his body bringing his arm out of the wrench before countering and grabbing Bryan from behind in a belly to back position. Not wanting to face anymore of Ambrose’ suplexes Bryan rushes over to the ropes and grabs them using them to shove his entire frame into Ambrose who falls back to the mat unable to hold his grip. Ambrose gets to his feet and Bryan nails him with a European Uppercut for his troubles. Ambrose takes refuge in the corner of the ring and Bryan grabs him in a belly to back format only to get an elbow from Ambrose. Bryan is staggered into the center of the ring where Ambrose fights off the pain he is feeling and brings Bryan to the mat with a roll up!
1…
2…
3… NO!
JR: At the last possible second Daniel Bryan kicks out, I thought for sure we were looking at a New Worlds Champion right there.
Piper: I think the mental image of tapping out is stuck in poor Bryan’s head. He needs to get his head back on or this one might as well be over.
Bryan gets to his feet in a hurry breathing heavy now knowing how close his dreams where nearly shattered. As Piper stated Bryan is indeed not all there right now which allows Ambrose to nail Bryan with a big clothesline. Bryan realizing how badly he could be hurt if he doesn’t snap out of it quickly rolls outside of the ring to heat. Bryan has to collect himself as Ambrose looks upset that Bryan is chickening out. Bryan begins heading up the ramp and gets to the halfway point before turning his attention back to the ring. He nails himself in the head clearing the cobwebs before returning to some semblance of normalcy. As he rushes towards the ring Ambrose bounces off the ropes and attempts a suicide dive, but Bryan sees it coming and moves out of the way. Ambrose hits the padded ground hard and the crowd oohs as Ambrose may have just taken himself out of the match up. Bryan goes for the quick cover, the Hardcore Rules making pinfalls outside the ring legal.
1…
2…
3.. NO!
Ambrose gets a shoulder up, the suicide dive clearly hasn’t taken him out of it completely. Bryan slams his fists into the padding before realizing it is indeed a Hardcore match. Bryan gets a big smile on his face as he begins digging underneath the ring looking for any kind of weapon to both inflict harm and potentially end the career of Ambrose. The crowd doesn’t like what he pulls out, a sledgehammer. Bryan gets a sick sort of smile on his face as Ambrose manages to get to his knees, but Bryan is ending it here and now as he drives the sledgehammer into the back of Ambrose who screams in agony as he hits the floor. Bryan with sledgehammer in hand begins screaming like a mad man Yes! Yes! Yes!
JR: I don’t know about you Piper, but you have to wonder what a feud like this does to someone’s psyche. Every week since these two started fighting I can’t help but feel Daniel Bryan has been losing it more and more.
Piper: Well to be able to judge someone’s sanity they have to have it JR. After watching this match, neither one of this fricken lunatics have an ounce of it.
Bryan smiles as Ambrose is not moving on the floor, “I want to do this in the ring so everyone can see.†Bryan appears to be talking to himself, perhaps he truly has lost his sanity as he tosses the hammer aside and picks up Bryan and tossing him into the ring. Bryan doesn’t follow up, after all Ambrose isn’t moving, instead Bryan goes underneath the ring and begins pulling out a kendo stick, a garbage can, and finally a lead pipe. He throws all of these things into the ring before hopping back into it himself. Ambrose is finally moving but is having trouble standing. Bryan smiles as he picks up the kendo stick and as Ambrose is struggling to get to his feet Bryan unleashes it upon his opponents back. THACK! THACK! THACK! Three brutal shots before the kendo stick breaks, and Bryan isn’t done. He tosses the pieces of the kendo stick to the side as he begins looking at the lead pipe. Bryan begins laughing, as he eyes the pipe then Ambrose, pipe, Ambrose. The crowd begins booing wanting Bryan to just end the match already, but Bryan wants to humiliate and potentially cripple Ambrose. Ambrose begins using the ropes trying to get to his feet which feel like jelly now. He hears the crowd warning him of something and turns around just in time for the lead pipe to connect with his jaw. Ambrose falls to the mat the crowd thankful it wasn’t worse. Bryan throws down the lead pipe and drags Ambrose to the center of the ring where he makes the cover at last.
1…
2…
3.. NO!
Ambrose gets a shoulder up!
Piper: Are you yanking my chain!? Ambrose, do you want to wind up a cripple? Don’t kick out you dumbass.
Bryan laughs happy to see Ambrose would rather be beaten to a bloody pulp than to give up a fall. That was fine by him as he stands up and stretches again before picking up the trashcan. JR and Piper are beside themselves at ring side as Ambrose begins pulling himself to his feet with the ropes and finally does. Bryan looks like he is going to whack Ambrose across the head with the trash can but decides against it, instead Bryan tosses the garbage can on top of Ambrose trapping him inside the garbage can. Bryan is out to embarrass Ambrose now as Ambrose is unable to get out. Yes! Yes! Yes! Bryan begins pondering to the crowd only to turn around and get hit by a missile, or more like Ambrose running head first into Bryan with the trash can on his head. Ambrose could hear the taunting bastard and both men go crashing to the mat. The ref uses the moment to get Ambrose out of the trashcan as the crowd loves it.
JR: Bah Gawd what an impact, Dean Ambrose might have just concussed himself there. In my many years of calling matches I don’t think I’ve ever seen anything like that.
Piper: I think the term using your head would be quite an understatement. That was F***ing sick!
The camera takes a look at Ambrose now who has a nasty cut beginning to bleed near the crown of his skull. Ambrose is responsive however as he begins to move albeit very slowly. He manages to crawl over to Bryan and fall on top of him.
1…
2…
3… NO!
Daniel Bryan gets the shoulder up and the crowd gasps.
Piper: Good if that move would have won Ambrose the World Title I would have to shoot myself.
JR: I don’t think that would be so good for our PG rating Hot Rod.
Both men just lay there for several moments allowing themselves to catch their respective breaths. Bryan begins coughing as he rolls onto his side, while Ambrose lays face down his hand placed on his head, both of these men are surely going to be feeling this match in the morning. It is Bryan who manages to crawl to his feet first as Ambrose is still on the ground. Seeing another opportunity to present itself Bryan quickly runs up and grabs Ambrose’s leg and puts him into an Ankle Lock. The crowd begins to boo as Bryan is once again trying to make Ambrose tap out, but that isn’t necessary true as Bryan twists Ambrose’s ankle violently, Bryan is looking to break it! Ambrose realizing the amount of danger he’s in quickly flips onto his back and with his free foot kicks Bryan off of him. Bryan falls to the mat as Ambrose begins pulling himself up on the ropes. Bryan is quick to his feet however and attempts to renew his attack but Ambrose uses the ropes to hold him as he sends both legs out and manages to nail Bryan in the gut. Bryan hunches over as Ambrose sees the lead pipe out of the corner of his eye and grabs it, the crowd cheers wildly as Ambrose drives the pipe right between Bryan’s eyes. Ambrose is hurting bad, but he wants that Championship more than anything so he gets down and covers him.
1…
2…
3… NO!
Bryan gets a shoulder up.
JR: You have to wonder about that last kick out of Bryan’s was it desperation? If Bryan fell there Dean Ambrose would have the World championship right now.
Piper: That is the price you pay if you lose the first fall, plus I’m pretty sure Daniel has had plenty of opportunities to win this but has chosen to torture Ambrose instead. Not very ring smart in my book.
Bryan now has a cut on his face right above the bridge of his nose. Mixed in with the dry blood down his lip Bryan looks pretty bad, but not as bad as Ambrose his forehead is now a dark crimson. Ambrose finds the strength bring Bryan to his feet and drives a right hand into the blistering cut of Bryan which staggers the American Dragon. Ambrose, the crowd behind him, sends Bryan shooting off of the rope before catching him on the way back in a side slam position. Ambrose with Bryan in position does 2 360 degree circles before sending Bryan to the mat with his old finishing move the Moxicity. Unfortunately in order to build momentum for the slam Ambrose has made himself dizzy and he is unable to cover Bryan right away as his world is currently spinning. After several crucial seconds Ambrose is able to find his balance and pin Bryan’s shoulders to the mat.
1…
2…
3.. NO!
Those crucial seconds gave Bryan all the time he needed to find the energy to get a shoulder up. Both men again are on the ground unable to move.
JR: And maybe a little show boating on the case of Ambrose there cost him as I feel he didn’t need to do the 2 circles.
Piper: I don’t think it was show boating JR, I think Ambrose did it because he felt he needed to in order to get Bryan to sit down.
Bryan is indeed fighting for his livelihood as he stirs to his feet. He is silently praying to himself for some help here as Ambrose appears to be unbeatable and is now taking it to Bryan with a ferocity he’s never seen. Bryan has no choice now as he reaches into his tights and pulls out a pair of brass knuckles. The audience sees it and begins booing, these knuckles are what cost Dave Batista his match a few weeks back. Ambrose goes up to turn Bryan around and gets knuckles right in his face, Ambrose is out on his feet as Daniel grabs him and sends him flying to the mat with a Regal-Plex. Bryan gets to his knees and thanks the wrestling Gods as he sees his hated foe is indeed unconscious. Like a shark smelling blood Bryan knows he can pin and win the second fall right here, but he can’t help and mock Ambrose one last time. Bryan grabs Ambrose and puts him back into the Yes Lock! Ambrose doesn’t even move he has been knocked out by the brass knuckles followed by the Regal Plex. And just like shades of Backlash the official fearing for Ambrose’s safety calls for the bell.
Winner of the 2[SUP]nd[/SUP] Fall: Daniel Bryan!
JR: That’s it! Just like at Backlash Daniel Bryan has literally knocked Ambrose unconscious to win the second fall here tonight and now partner we are tied at 1 apiece.
Piper: Which means we are going to see a ladder match next JR. And if Ambrose doesn’t find a way to wake up this could be the shortest ladder match in the history of professional wrestling.
Before the ladder match can begin however the officials must scramble to get the World Heavyweight Championship out of its case at ringside. Bryan is taunting the sold out Baltimore crowd the entire time before kicking an unconscious Ambrose out of the ring and to the floor below. The official who has called one hell of a match so far is the one to put the belt on the hook before motioning to the crew high above the arena to take it up. The World Heavyweight Championship goes high up into the air as Bryan now almost foaming at the mouth prepares for the single greatest moment of his career. After the belt reaches its highest peak the official has no choice to ring the bell, even though Ambrose is still unmoving on the floor.
DING DING DING!
The third fall begins and the crowd is booing loudly, as Bryan like a cheetah exits the ring and grabs one of the ladders that had been set up on the side of the ring ramp in case the match should have arrived at this moment. Bryan lifts the ladder up high in the air mocking the crowd before sliding it into the ring. Bryan looks like a kid in a candy store with his level of excitement believing he is just moments away from achieving his dream of being the best in the world, Period! He slows down a little not wanting to miss a single moment of his triumph. He takes a couple seconds longer than he should to set up the ladder underneath his target and his prize. He takes the first step gingerly than a second before jumping back off shaking his head, “No that isn’t right. Like this.†People are beginning to think Bryan has truly lost it as he gets half way up the ladder. The boos get louder every step the American Dragon takes before suddenly the crowd bursts into cheers as another ladder is thrown into the ring. Bryan is so focused on the World Title he doesn’t see Ambrose somehow awake and aware and getting into the ring. Bryan gets to the second to top step and reaches up for the title but finds himself just short of the hook. He shakes his head and begins to climb to the top step before the very top of the ladder. He is in range of the hook now but doesn’t get there as Ambrose sends the top of his ladder square into the back of Bryan. The impact sends Bryan off of the ladder, the ladder coming crumbling down to the mat. With the ladder still in Ambrose’s hands he uses it to smack Bryan down to the mat. Bryan is laid down in the center of the ring looking directly at the World Championship high above when Ambrose places the ladder on top of Bryan. Just like Smackdown only reversed Dean Ambrose begins climbing the ladder towards the gold as Bryan is stuck underneath the ladder only able to watch.
JR: And wouldn’t you call this poetic justice! Daniel Bryan is trapped underneath Dean Ambrose as Ambrose is going up to grab the Worlds title and enter the history books forever.
Piper: I bet you Bryan is not screaming Yes like a fool now. I learned the hard way what goes around comes around.
Ambrose has a harder time climbing as the balance is a little off due to Bryan being underneath it, but the ladder is still climbable. Ambrose reaches up for the World Title but just as Bryan moments earlier finds himself unable to reach it. The bloody face of Ambrose shows exhaustion as he takes another step closer to his dreams. He reaches getting further than Bryan now working his way down the straps to undo them when suddenly the ladder moves, the crowd is shocked as if Bryan has gone mad, pushing as hard as he can at the ladder until it finally tips over, Ambrose is forced to jump off but the timing is off and Ambrose comes down his chest and arms impacting with the top ring ropes in a brutal snake eyes from ten feet in the air. Ambrose is down as Bryan gets to his feet and looks at Ambrose who is holding his throat coughing trying to get air back into his lungs. Bryan’s eyes have glazed over now as he grabs Ambrose’s foot and begins tucking on the earlier ankle of Ambrose with another Ankle Lock. The crowd begins to boo loudly as Bryan like a wild animal begins ripping and tearing into the ankle looking to break it. The crowd continues to give Bryan major heat but he appears to be almost a crazed dog who won’t be happy until he’s claimed his territory. Ambrose doesn’t have enough left to get out of it, and he can’t use the ropes to break it, the ref tells Bryan to stop or else, but Bryan doesn’t care. He wants to break that damn ankle, for this moment in time Bryan has completely lost it. Before he can do irreversible damage the referee realizing something is seriously wrong here grabs Bryan and using all the strength he can muster manages to pull Bryan off of Ambrose. Bryan turns towards the official only to receive a smack across the face. “What the hell are you doing? I will end this match right here and now if you don’t start climbing.â€
JR: And you have to give this official credit. You knew damn well coming in both men were going to try and kill each other and it looks like this official is going to make sure that doesn’t happen.
Piper: That slap appears to have brought Bryan out of whatever crazed funk he was in because he is heading back to get a ladder.
Bryan is indeed grabbing the ladder and places it in the center of the ring, he begins climbing it step by step his back turned towards Ambrose who is unable to stand on his one ankle now. Bryan gets to the top as Ambrose reaches the bottom of the ladder. There is no way Ambrose is going to be able to stop Bryan from unstrapping the belt unless he does something desperate. Without hesitating Ambrose grabs Bryan by the top of his tights and pulls them down, exposing Bryan’s ass towards the south side seats. The camera gets a really good shot as the crowd goes nuts.
JR: I guess there is a full moon here tonight Hot Rod.
Piper: Oh come on JR. Do you know any jokes that are even remotely funny to anyone over the age of 5?
Bryan has to choose between the World Title and his dignity and chooses the latter as he hops down and fixes his tights. Bryan is livid now having been truly embarrassed by Ambrose, seeing Ambrose kneeling in front of the ladder laughing causes Bryan to lose it, and it is very easy for Bryan to send Ambrose to the ground with a nasty kick in the head. Ambrose falls to the mat. “You want to embarrass me hotshot? Well I’m about to take that title, so you go ahead and get your cheap laugh, because I’m going to have the last one you stupid son of a bitch!†Bryan stands up and screams “YES! YES! YES!†And the crowd roars back in a “NO! NO! NO!†Chant. Bryan heads to the opposite side of the ladder right in Ambrose’s view. “I’ll climb up this way so you can see me beat you!â€
JR: And the personal nature of this match-up clearly showing in this third and final fall. Bryan is climbing right in the view of Ambrose mocking him.
Piper: It is what I do to you every week JR what with the BBQ and fat jokes.
Bryan gets to the top of the ladder and grabs the World Title particularly the straps, he is about to undo them when he looks down at his opponent. Ambrose worn out and exhausted, having reached his physical limit is somehow beginning to climb the ladder. Bryan can’t believe it as he sits there victory in his hands as he smiles. “Alright, you want to get close and personal for this come on!†Bryan lets go of the World Title and reaches back into his tights where he brings out his brass knuckles again that he put away after the end of the second fall. He plans on driving them right into the crimson head of Ambrose when he gets to the top of it. Ambrose is slow but steady and he gets to the top of the ladder and gets a massive pop from the crowd, the heart of a champion is indeed in this man from Cincy. Bryan and Ambrose both stare at each other through blood, tears, and sweat. Both men at the end of their limits this is the final stand and only one of them will be walking out.
JR: Can you feel that chill in the air Partner. Something big is about to happen now!
Piper: I have a feeling you and I are going to see a World Champion crowned here real soon.
The moment is broken up by Bryan who throws back his hand covered in brass and lunges at the man who for months has made his life a personal hell, he expects to connect but somehow Ambrose dodges it, this leaves Bryan vulnerable as Ambrose drives Bryan’s already damaged nose into the top of the ladder. Bryan doesn’t get back up, he has nothing left everything he had left was in that punch. Ambrose looks up at the World Title now just inches away, but Ambrose is only human and feels the need for vengeance. Ambrose looks around the ring floor and sees the ladder on the ground very close to the ladder they are on now. Ambrose puts his arm up in the air, he is one crazy son of a bitch and this match is going to end just how this feud has been, crazy. Ambrose grabs Bryan sets him up for the superplex, the crowd begins to cheer realizing Ambrose is going to superplex Bryan onto the ladder. With reckless abandonment he pulls Bryan up into a vertical position, and the world stops for a second for Ambrose as he takes a leap of faith off of the ladder. The two fall ten feet to the floor, while in the air Ambrose pushes Bryan forward and Bryan comes face first like a DDT into the ladder on the ground. To the outside world Dean Ambrose has just hit his One-Hitter finishing move off of one ladder and onto another.
JR: OH MY GOD!
PIPER: HOLY FUCK!
Bryan might very well be dead as Ambrose rolls around in agony. The crowd begins a Holy Shit chant as both men have truly given it there all. Ambrose is in pain but thinks about what’s at stake and every moment he’s had in his long and sometimes hard career. Ambrose curses as he fights off the pain long enough to get to his feet. His ankle is killing him, his body won’t be able to move tomorrow morning, but he needs it to work for only one maybe two more minutes. He is in a daze, almost like auto-pilot as he climbs the ladder at last reaching his destination. He looks at his fallen foe, unmoving right where he left him and nods silently in respect. At long last the moment is here as Ambrose reaches out and grabs the World Championship by the straps, he undoes them hoping his body will hold out for one second longer and yanks with all he has left. His knees buckle and he gives into his beaten body as he falls to the floor, he barely feels himself hitting the canvas, but he is aware, he is alive, and his hand is holding the thing that made it all worth it, for in his hand is the World Heavyweight Championship! The bell rings!
The Winner of the Third Fall and therefore the Winner of the 2/3 Falls Match and NEW UWF World Heavyweight Champion: Dean Ambrose!!!
The crowd is on their feet applauding the effort of both men as attendants immediately head into the ring removing signs of the chaos as they quickly begin to work on the two men who put everything into this match up.
JR: This is by far one of the greatest matches I’ve ever seen Piper, Dean Ambrose is your new UWF Worlds Heavyweight Champion and what a way to do it. Love them, hate them, you call this stuff fake, look into that ring, look at the blood, look at the sweat, this is real competition Hot Rod, competition you really only find here in the UWF!
Piper: Even I am speechless at the epicness of this match. Any naysaying I had of Dean Ambrose is out the window, and even Daniel Bryan, he might be a crazy asshole but he proved he has what it takes as well. Dean Ambrose may be the Champion and the best man, but after what I just saw Daniel Bryan is a VERY close second.
JR: High Praise from you Hot Rod, are you sure you are feeling ok?
Piper: Dammit I need a beer, this soft stuff is for chicks.
Ambrose and Bryan are now both being put on stretchers as even Desmond Wolfe is now out there checking on the two gladiators. Officials cart out Bryan first and place him into the back of the ambulance. Ambrose is second but as the officials try to take the World Title from Ambrose he holds on to it fiercely. This causes the crowd to cheer everyone on the arena is on their feet. Wolfe places the title on Ambrose’s waist and tells the attendant to take it with him, he has earned it. The final image we see is Ambrose being lifted into the second ambulance his thumb up in a sign that he is ok as the camera’s fade. This is where Starrcade heads off the air.
Credits
Promos: Respective TTers
Batista vs Van Dam: EffectsofRaven
European Championship, World Heavyweight Championship: SBS
UWF Championship, Randy Orton vs John Cena, Christian vs Jericho, Anderson vs MVP: Cwalker
- Status